lagertonne/tinc
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases 6 Wiki Activity

Import Upstream version 1.0pre7

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Guus Sliepen 2019-08-26 13:44:36 +02:00
commit ed8d36a434
154 changed files with 53905 additions and 0 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

324
ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
Notes on the Free Translation Project
*************************************
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
this package with messages translated.
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
Quick configuration advice
==========================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
./configure --with-included-gettext
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
included `libintl'.
INSTALL Matters
===============
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use
special options at configuration time for changing the default
behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
./configure --disable-nls
will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
_totally_ disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
package is more recent, you should use
./configure --with-included-gettext
to prevent auto-detection.
The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
Using This Package
==================
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
all.
You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
This is done through a different environment variable, called
`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
Translating Teams
=================
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
area.
If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
coordinator for all translator teams.
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
programming skill, here.
Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
2001. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
Ready PO files bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
bfd | |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] |
fetchmail | |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] |
freetype | |
gas | |
gawk | [] [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | [] |
kbd | |
ld | [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] |
nano | [] [] [] |
opcodes | |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] |
wdiff | [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+----------------------------------------------------+
bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
0 14 24 32 11 1 8 23 13 1 33 22 4 0 7 9 18
ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+----------------------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] | 6
bash | | 4
bfd | | 0
binutils | | 1
bison | [] | 6
clisp | [] | 5
cpio | [] [] [] [] [] | 10
diffutils | [] [] [] [] | 11
enscript | [] [] [] | 5
error | [] [] | 4
fetchmail | | 0
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
flex | [] [] [] | 6
freetype | | 0
gas | | 0
gawk | [] | 3
gcal | | 0
gcc | | 0
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
gnupg | [] [] [] | 10
gprof | | 0
grep | [] [] [] [] | 12
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
id-utils | [] [] [] | 6
indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
jpilot | | 1
kbd | [] | 1
ld | | 1
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
lilypond | [] [] | 3
lynx | [] [] [] [] | 8
m4 | [] [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 12
mysecretdiary | | 1
nano | [] | 4
opcodes | [] | 1
parted | [] [] | 5
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] | 13
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 19
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
sharutils | [] [] [] | 11
sketch | | 0
soundtracker | | 3
sp | | 0
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
texinfo | [] | 7
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
util-linux | [] [] | 4
wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 7
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
+----------------------------------------------------+
33 teams ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
53 domains 9 1 6 20 0 6 17 1 13 25 10 11 23 21 2 2 387
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
dialects.
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most
up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
Using `gettext' in new packages
===============================
If you are writing a freely available program and want to
internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
the translation teams.

13
AUTHORS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
Main tinc authors:
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
These files are from other sources:
* lib/pidfile.h and lib/pidfile.c are by Martin Schulze, taken from
the syslog 1.3 sources.
Also some of the macro files in the directory m4, and their
accompanying files in lib, were taken from GNU fileutils.
Please see the file THANKS for more information on contributions from
users.

339
COPYING Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

4
COPYING.README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption
that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed. You may
provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that
all other requirements of the GPL are met.

4614
ChangeLog Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

182
INSTALL Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
Basic Installation
==================
These are generic installation instructions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
this:
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the host type.
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
system on which you are compiling the package.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Operation Controls
==================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
debugging `configure'.
`--help'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`--version'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.

37
Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS =
EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp
CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \
config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \
stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \
po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp
ChangeLog:
cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf
cvs-clean: maintainer-clean
for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\
rm -Rf "$$f"; \
done
deb:
dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot
rpm: dist
cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec
release:
rm -f ChangeLog
$(MAKE) ChangeLog
echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..."
/usr/bin/editor NEWS
$(MAKE) dist

460
Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = .
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
LN_S = @LN_S@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PERL = @PERL@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS =
EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp
CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \
config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \
stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \
po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp
subdir = .
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
DIST_COMMON = README ./stamp-h.in ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog \
INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \
aclocal.m4 config.guess config.h.in config.sub configure \
configure.in install-sh missing mkinstalldirs
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && \
CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
CONFIG_FILES=$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.in
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
config.h: stamp-h
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-h; \
$(MAKE) stamp-h; \
else :; fi
stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h stamp-hT
@echo timestamp > stamp-hT 2> /dev/null
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
@mv stamp-hT stamp-h
$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \
$(MAKE) $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in; \
else :; fi
$(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(top_srcdir)/acconfig.h
@rm -f $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT
@echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT 2> /dev/null
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
@mv $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.inT $(srcdir)/./stamp-h.in
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h
intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in
cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
|| etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP)
GTAGS:
here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = .
# Avoid unsightly `./'.
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
GZIP_ENV = --best
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/intl $(distdir)/po
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| exit 1; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
dist: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/=build
mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
dc_install_base=`CDPATH=: && cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \
&& cd $(distdir)/=build \
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
--with-included-gettext \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \
|| (echo "Error: files left after uninstall" 1>&2; \
exit 1) ) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distclean \
&& rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
&& (test `find . -type f -print | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| (echo "Error: files left after distclean" 1>&2; \
exit 1) )
-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) > /dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
dist-all: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
-chmod -R a+w $(distdir) >/dev/null 2>&1; rm -rf $(distdir)
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f config.status config.cache config.log
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all distcheck distclean \
distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-recursive \
distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am \
info-recursive install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-data-recursive install-exec install-exec-am \
install-exec-recursive install-info install-info-am \
install-info-recursive install-man install-recursive \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
installdirs-am installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive
ChangeLog:
cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf
cvs-clean: maintainer-clean
for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\
rm -Rf "$$f"; \
done
deb:
dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot
rpm: dist
cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec
release:
rm -f ChangeLog
$(MAKE) ChangeLog
echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..."
/usr/bin/editor NEWS
$(MAKE) dist
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

267
NEWS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
version 1.0pre7 Apr 7 2002
* Don't do blocking read()s when getting a signal.
* Remove RSA key checking code, since it sometimes thinks perfectly good RSA
keys are bad.
* Fix handling of subnets when prefixlength isn't divisible by 8.
version 1.0pre6 Mar 27 2002
* Improvement of redundant links:
* Non-blocking connects.
* Protocol broadcast messages can no longer go into an infinite loop.
* Graph algorithm updated to look harder for direct connections.
* Good support for routing IPv6 packets over the VPN. Works on Linux,
FreeBSD, possibly OpenBSD but not on Solaris.
* Support for tunnels over IPv6 networks. Works on all supported
operating systems.
* Optional compression of UDP connections using zlib.
* Optionally let UDP connections inherit TOS field of tunneled packets.
* Optionally start scripts when certain hosts become (un)reachable.
version 1.0pre5 Feb 9 2002
* Security enhancements:
* Added sequence number and optional message authentication code to
the packets.
* Configurable encryption cipher and digest algorithms.
* More robust handling of dis- and reconnects.
* Added a "switch" and a "hub" mode to allow bridging setups.
* Preliminary support for routing of IPv6 packets.
* Supports Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD and Solaris.
It looks like this might be the last release before 1.0.
version 1.0pre4 Jan 17 2001
* Updated documentation; the documentation now reflects the
configuration as it is.
* Some internal changes to make tinc scale better for large
networks, such as using AVL trees instead of linked lists for the
connection list.
* RSA keys can be stored in separate files if needed. See the
documentation for more information.
* tinc has now been reported to run on Linux PowerPC and FreeBSD x86.
version 1.0pre3 Oct 31 2000
* The protocol has been redesigned, and although some details are
still under discussion, this is secure. Care has been taken to
resist most, if not all, attacks.
* Unfortunately this protocol is not compatible with earlier versions,
nor are earlier versions compatible with this version. Because the
older protocol has huge security flaws, we feel that not
implementing backwards compatibility is justified.
* Some data about the protocol:
* It uses public/private RSA keys for authentication (this is the
actual fix for the security hole).
* All cryptographic functions have been taken out of tinc, instead
it uses the OpenSSL library functions.
* Offers support for multiple subnets per tinc daemon.
* New is also the support for the universal tun/tap device. This
means better portability to FreeBSD and Solaris.
* tinc is tested to compile on Solaris, Linux x86, Linux alpha.
* tinc now uses the OpenSSL library for cryptographic operations.
More information on getting and installing OpenSSL is in the manual.
This also means that the GMP library is no longer required.
* Further, thanks to Enrique Zanardi, we have Spanish messages; Matias
Carrasco provided us with a Spanish translation of the manual.
What still needs to be done before 1.0:
* Documentation. Especially since the protocol has changed, and a lot
of configuration directives have been added.
version 1.0pre2 May 31 2000
* This version has been internationalized; and a Dutch translation has
been included.
* Two configuration variables have been added:
* VpnMask - the IP network mask for the entire VPN, not just our
subnet (as given by MyVirtualIP). The Redhat and Debian packages
use this variable in their system startup scripts, but it is
ignored by tinc.
* Hostnames - if set to `yes', look up the names of IP addresses
trying to connect to us. Default set to `no', to prevent lockups
during lookups.
* The system startup scripts for Debian and Redhat use
/etc/tinc/nets.boot to find out which networks need to be started
during system boot.
* Fixes to prevent denial of service attacks by sending random data
after connecting (and even when the connection has been established),
either random garbage or just nonsensical protocol fields.
* tinc will retry to connect upon startup, does not quit if it doesn't
work the first time.
* Hosts that are disconnected implicitly if we lose a connection get
deleted from the internal list, to prevent hogging eachother with
add and delete requests when the connection is restored.
What still needs to be done before 1.0:
* Documentation.
* Failover ConnectTo lines, try another one if the first doesn't work.
version 1.0pre1 May 12 2000
* New meta-protocol
* Various other bugfixes
* Documentation updates
version 0.3.3 Feb 9 2000
* Fixed bug that made tinc stop working with latest kernels (Guus
Sliepen)
* Updated the manual
version 0.3.2 Nov 12 1999
* no more `Invalid filedescriptor' when working with multiple
connections
* forward unknown packets to uplink
version 0.3.1 Oct 20 1999
* fixed a bug where tinc would exit without a trace
version 0.3 Aug 20 1999
* pings now work immediately
* all packet sizes get transmitted correctly
version 0.2.26 Aug 15 1999
* fixed some remaining bugs
* --sysconfdir works with configure
* last version before 0.3
version 0.2.25 Aug 8 1999
* improved stability, going towards 0.3 now.
version 0.2.24 Aug 7 1999
* added key aging, there's a new config variable, KeyExpire.
* updated man and info pages
version 0.2.23 Aug 5 1999
* all known bugs fixed, this is a candidate for 0.3
version 0.2.22 Apr 11 1999
* multiconnection thing is now working nearly perfect :)
version 0.2.21 Apr 10 1999
* You shouldn't notice a thing, but a lot has changed wrt key
management - except that it refuses to talk to versions < 0.2.20
version 0.2.20
version 0.2.19 Apr 3 1999
* don't install a libcipher.so
version 0.2.18 Apr 3 1999
* blowfish library dynamically loaded upon execution
* included Eric Young's IDEA library
version 0.2.17 Apr 1 1999
* tincd now re-executes itself in case of a segmentation fault.
version 0.2.16 Apr 1 1999
* wrote tincd.conf(5) man page, which still needs a lot of work.
* config file now accepts and tolerates spaces, and any integer base
for integer variables, and better error reporting. See
doc/tincd.conf.sample for an example.
version 0.2.15 Mar 29 1999
* fixed bugs
version 0.2.14 Feb 10 1999
* added --timeout flag and PingTimeout configuration
* did some first syslog cleanup work
version 0.2.13 Jan 23 1999
* bugfixes
version 0.2.12 Jan 23 1999
* fixed nauseating bug so that it would crash whenever a connection
got lost
version 0.2.11 Jan 22 1999
* framework for multiple connections has been done
* simple manpage for tincd
version 0.2.10 Jan 18 1999
* passphrase support added
version 0.2.9 Jan 13 1999
* bugs fixed.
version 0.2.8 Jan 11 1999
* a reworked protocol version
* a ping/pong system
* more reliable networking code
* automatic reconnection
* still does not work with more than one connection :)
* strips MAC addresses before sending, so there's less overhead, and
less redundancy
version 0.2.7 Jan 3 1999
* several updates to make extending more easy.
version 0.2.6 Dec 20 1998
* Point-to-Point connections have been established, including
blowfish encryption and a secret key-exchange.
version 0.2.5 Dec 16 1998
* Project renamed to tinc, in honour of TINC.
version 0.2.4 Dec 16 1998
* now it really does ;)
version 0.2.3 Nov 24 1998
* it sort of works now
version 0.2.2 Nov 20 1998
* uses GNU gmp.
version 0.2.1 Nov 14 1998
* Bare version.

117
README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
This is the README file for tinc version 1.0pre7. Installation
instructions may be found in the INSTALL file.
tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2002 by:
Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>,
and others.
For a complete list of authors see the AUTHORS file.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at
your option) any later version. See the file COPYING for more details.
Security statement
------------------
In August 2000, we discovered the existence of a security hole in all versions
of tinc up to and including 1.0pre2. This had to do with the way we exchanged
keys. Since then, we have been working on a new authentication scheme to make
tinc as secure as possible. The current version uses the OpenSSL library and
uses strong authentication with RSA keys.
On the 29th of December 2001, Jerome Etienne posted a security analysis of tinc
1.0pre4. Due to a lack of sequence numbers and a message authentication code
for each packet, an attacker could possibly disrupt certain network services or
launch a denial of service attack by replaying intercepted packets. The current
version adds sequence numbers and message authentication codes to prevent such
attacks.
Cryptography is a hard thing to get right. We cannot make any
guarantees. Time, review and feedback are the only things that can
prove the security of any cryptographic product. If you wish to review
tinc or give us feedback, you are stronly encouraged to do so.
Changes to configuration file format since 1.0pre5
--------------------------------------------------
Some configuration variables have different names now. Most notably "TapDevice"
should be changed into "Device", and "Device" should be changed into
"BindToDevice".
Requirements
------------
Since 1.0pre3, we use OpenSSL for all cryptographic functions. So you
need to install this library first; grab it from
http://www.openssl.org/. We recommend version 0.9.5 or better. If
this library is not installed on you system, configure will fail. The
manual in doc/tinc.texi contains more detailed information on how to
install this library.
Since 1.0pre6, the zlib library is used for optional compression. You need this
library whether or not you plan to enable the compression. You can find it at
http://www.gzip.org/zlib/. Because of a possible exploit in earlier versions we
recommand that you download version 1.1.4 or later.
In order to compile tinc, you will also need autoconf, automake, GNU make, m4
and gettext.
Features
--------
This version of tinc supports multiple virtual networks at once. To
use this feature, you may supply a netname via the -n or --net
options. The standard locations for the config files will then be
/etc/tinc/<net>/. Because of this feature, tinc will send packets
directly to their destinations, instead of to the uplink. If this
behaviour is undesirable (for instance because of firewalls or other
restrictions), please use an older version of tinc (I would recommend
tinc-0.2.19).
In order to force the kernel to accept received packets, the
destination MAC address will be set to FE:FD:00:00:00:00 upon
reception. The MAC address of the ethertap or tun/tap interface must
also be set to this address. See the manual for more detailed
information.
tincd regenerates its encryption key pairs. It does this on the first
activity after the keys have expired. This period is adjustable in the
configuration file, and the default time is 3600 seconds (one hour).
This version supports multiple subnets at once. They are also sorted
on subnet mask size. This means that it is possible to have
overlapping subnets on the VPN, as long as their subnet mask sizes
differ.
Since pre5, tinc can operate in several routing modes. The default mode,
"router", works exactly like the older version, and uses Subnet lines to
determine the destination of packets. The other two modes, "switch" and "hub",
allow the tinc daemons to work together like a single network switch or hub.
This is useful for bridging networks. The latter modes only work properly on
Linux and FreeBSD.
The algorithms used for encryption and generating message authentication codes
can now be changed in the configuration files. All cipher and digest algorithms
supported by OpenSSL can be used. Useful ciphers are "blowfish" (default),
"bf-ofb", "des", "des3", etcetera. Useful digests are "sha1" (default), "md5",
etcetera.
Support for routing IPv6 packets has been added. Just add Subnet lines with
IPv6 addresses (without using :: abbreviations) and use ifconfig or ip (from
the iproute package) to give the virtual network interface corresponding IPv6
addresses. Autoconfiguration will not work in router mode. Tunneling IPv6
packets only works on Linux, FreeBSD and possibly OpenBSD.
It is also possible to make tunnels to other tinc daemons over IPv6 networks.
In order to enable this feature the option "AddressFamily = any" or
"AddressFamily = ipv6" must be added to the tinc.conf file. The host
configuration files should contain IPv6 addresses for the "Address" variables,
or hostnames which have an AAAA or A6 record.

25
THANKS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
We would like to thank
* Hans Bayle (for making some useful coding suggestions and fixing a
bug or two)
* Lubomír Bulej (for the Redhat system init script)
* Wessel Dankers (for the name `tinc' and various suggestions)
* Mads Kiilerich (for finding some bugs and some errors in the
documentation, and for making several suggestions to make it all
more userfriendly, and the Redhat package)
* James MacLean (for fixing several mission critical bugs, and for
giving me a few good ideas, and, most of all, for the wonderful
testing and debugging)
* Robert van der Meulen (early configuration code)
* Cris van Pelt (small fixes)
* Enrique Zanardi (for the Spanish translation)
* Matias Carrasco (for the Spanish translation of the manual)
* Jamie Briggs (for finding a lot of socket leaks)
* Armijn Hemel (for being our very own PR manager)
* Jerome Etienne (for a thorough security analysis of tinc)
* Mark Glines (for his compression patch)
for their help, support and ideas. Thank you guys!
Ivo Timmermans
Guus Sliepen

5
TODO Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
TODO LIST
1.0:
* A nice, secure and stable release

77
acconfig.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* Define to the name name of this package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the version of the package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef realloc
/* This is always defined. It enables GNU extensions on systems that
have them. */
#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
#if !defined(__USE_BSD)
# undef __USE_BSD
#endif
/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_CATGETS
/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if you have the stpcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* For getopt */
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# define getopt system_getopt
# include <stdlib.h>
# undef getopt
#endif
/* Linux */
#undef HAVE_LINUX
/* FreeBSD */
#undef HAVE_FREEBSD
/* OpenBSD */
#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
/* Solaris */
#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
/* NetBSD */
#undef HAVE_NETBSD
/* Define to the location of the kernel sources */
#undef CONFIG_TINC_KERNELDIR
/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
#undef ENABLE_TRACING
/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS

1408
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1321
config.guess vendored Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

310
config.h.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader 2.13. */
/* Define if using alloca.c. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
#undef const
/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems. */
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
#undef HAVE_MMAP
/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
#undef inline
/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef off_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
#undef size_t
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
*/
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm. */
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef realloc
/* This is always defined. It enables GNU extensions on systems that
have them. */
#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Linux */
#undef HAVE_LINUX
/* FreeBSD */
#undef HAVE_FREEBSD
/* OpenBSD */
#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
/* Solaris */
#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
/* NetBSD */
#undef HAVE_NETBSD
/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
#undef ENABLE_TRACING
/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS
/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK function. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK function. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
/* Define if you have the RAND_pseudo_bytes function. */
#undef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES
/* Define if you have the __argz_count function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Define if you have the __argz_next function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function. */
#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Define if you have the asprintf function. */
#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
/* Define if you have the daemon function. */
#undef HAVE_DAEMON
/* Define if you have the dcgettext function. */
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define if you have the fcloseall function. */
#undef HAVE_FCLOSEALL
/* Define if you have the feof_unlocked function. */
#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define if you have the fgets_unlocked function. */
#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define if you have the flock function. */
#undef HAVE_FLOCK
/* Define if you have the ftime function. */
#undef HAVE_FTIME
/* Define if you have the get_current_dir_name function. */
#undef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
/* Define if you have the getcwd function. */
#undef HAVE_GETCWD
/* Define if you have the getegid function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEGID
/* Define if you have the geteuid function. */
#undef HAVE_GETEUID
/* Define if you have the getgid function. */
#undef HAVE_GETGID
/* Define if you have the getpagesize function. */
#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
/* Define if you have the getuid function. */
#undef HAVE_GETUID
/* Define if you have the mempcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define if you have the munmap function. */
#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
#undef HAVE_PUTENV
/* Define if you have the select function. */
#undef HAVE_SELECT
/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
#undef HAVE_SETENV
/* Define if you have the setlocale function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define if you have the socket function. */
#undef HAVE_SOCKET
/* Define if you have the stpcpy function. */
#undef HAVE_STPCPY
/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define if you have the strchr function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define if you have the strdup function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define if you have the strerror function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define if you have the strsignal function. */
#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
/* Define if you have the strtol function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOL
/* Define if you have the strtoul function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define if you have the tsearch function. */
#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
/* Define if you have the unsetenv function. */
#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/err.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_ERR_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/evp.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_EVP_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/pem.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_PEM_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/rand.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RAND_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/rsa.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RSA_H
/* Define if you have the <openssl/sha.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA_H
/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_ZLIB_H
/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl). */
#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket). */
#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
#undef ICONV_CONST
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT

1443
config.sub vendored Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

5240
configure vendored Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

125
configure.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.13.2.43.2.1 2002/04/09 11:51:16 guus Exp $
AC_INIT(src/tincd.c)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0pre7)
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
dnl Include the macros from the m4/ directory
AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4)
# Enable GNU extensions.
# Define this here, not in acconfig's @TOP@ section, since definitions
# in the latter don't make it into the configure-time tests.
AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], [__USE_BSD])
ALL_LINGUAS="nl"
dnl Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_CPP
AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
AC_PROG_AWK
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_LN_S
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
jm_PERL
AC_ISC_POSIX
dnl Check and set OS
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
case $host_os in
*linux*)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX)
[ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf linux/device.c src/device.c ]
;;
*freebsd*)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD)
[ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf freebsd/device.c src/device.c ]
;;
*solaris*)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS)
[ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf solaris/device.c src/device.c ]
;;
*openbsd*)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENBSD)
[ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf openbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
;;
*netbsd*)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NETBSD)
[ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf netbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
;;
esac
AC_CACHE_SAVE
dnl Checks for libraries.
dnl Checks for header files.
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h limits.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h unistd.h \
sys/time.h malloc.h strings.h sys/file.h])
dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
AC_C_CONST
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_STRUCT_TM
dnl Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([ftime socket select strtol strerror flock unsetenv \
asprintf putenv strdup fcloseall daemon strsignal get_current_dir_name])
jm_FUNC_MALLOC
jm_FUNC_REALLOC
AM_GNU_GETTEXT
dnl Support for SunOS
AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect)
])
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname)
])
AC_CACHE_SAVE
dnl These are defined in files in m4/
tinc_TUNTAP
tinc_OPENSSL
tinc_ZLIB
dnl Check if support for jumbograms is requested
AC_ARG_ENABLE(jumbograms,
[ --enable-jumbograms enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)],
[ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS) ]
)
dnl Check if checkpoint tracing has to be enabled
AC_ARG_ENABLE(tracing,
[ --enable-tracing enable checkpoint tracing (debugging only)],
[ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TRACING) ]
)
AC_SUBST(INCLUDES)
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile
src/Makefile
doc/Makefile
doc/es/Makefile
intl/Makefile
lib/Makefile
m4/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
)

411
depcomp Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
"$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. This file always lives in the current directory.
# Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
# $object doesn't have directory information.
stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
outname="$stripped.o"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
tmpdepfile1="$object.d"
tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
else
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a space and a tab in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case "$arg" in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
"$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
# X makedepend
(
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
case $cleared in no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes
esac
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-*)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
' | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*)
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case $arg in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*)
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case $arg in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0

23
doc/GNUmakefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me use features of GNU make
# to generate the man pages.
# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
# only to the maintainer.
have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
# give them a diagnostic.
ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
include Makefile
include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
else
all:
@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
@exit 1
endif

25
doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
SUBDIRS = es
info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
dyn_MANS =
man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x)
man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS)
PERL = @PERL@
HELP2MAN = help2man
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS)
EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \
Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz
# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid
# confusion with the `install' target. The install rule transforms `ginstall'
# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations.
transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@
# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer,
# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint.

539
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
LN_S = @LN_S@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid
# confusion with the `install' target. The install rule transforms `ginstall'
# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations.
transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@
PERL = @PERL@
SUBDIRS = es
info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
dyn_MANS =
man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x)
man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS)
HELP2MAN = help2man
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS)
EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \
Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz
subdir = doc
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
INFO_DEPS = tinc.info
DVIS = tinc.dvi
TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(man_MANS)
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in texinfo.tex
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && \
CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
tinc.info: tinc.texi
tinc.dvi: tinc.texi
.texi.info:
@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
`echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
.texi.dvi:
TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
$(TEXI2DVI) $<
.texi:
@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
`echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
DVIPS = dvips
.dvi.ps:
$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
uninstall-info-am:
$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
@if (install-info --version && \
install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \
done; \
else :; fi
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
(if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
else :; fi); \
done
dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for base in $$list; do \
d=$(srcdir); \
for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
done; \
done
mostlyclean-aminfo:
-rm -f tinc.aux tinc.cp tinc.cps tinc.dvi tinc.fn tinc.ky tinc.log tinc.pg \
tinc.ps tinc.toc tinc.tp tinc.vr
maintainer-clean-aminfo:
cd $(srcdir) && \
for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
rm -f $$i; \
if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
fi; \
done
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
install-man5: $(man5_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \
done
uninstall-man5:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst; \
done
man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
install-man8: $(man8_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)
@list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \
done
uninstall-man8:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.8*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \
done
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
|| etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP)
GTAGS:
here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| exit 1; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-info
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS)
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(man5dir) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am: $(DVIS)
info: info-recursive
info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
install-data-am: install-info-am install-man
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
d=$(srcdir); \
for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
else : ; fi; \
done; \
done
@$(POST_INSTALL)
@if (install-info --version && \
install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
done; \
else : ; fi
install-man: install-man5 install-man8
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
uninstall-man: uninstall-man5 uninstall-man8
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
clean-generic clean-recursive dist-info distclean \
distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags distdir \
dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
install-man5 install-man8 install-recursive install-strip \
installcheck installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am \
installdirs-recursive maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive \
tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-man uninstall-man5 \
uninstall-man8 uninstall-recursive
# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer,
# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint.
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

38
doc/Makefile.maint Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# This -*- Makefile -*- uses features of GNU make.
# It is included via GNUmakefile.
# The following one line summaries were extracted from the
# original man pages using this bit of sh code:
# for i in *.1; do echo "$i: "|tr -d '\012'; \
# grep -A1 SH.NAME $i|sed '/SH NAME/d;s/^[^ ][^ ]* .- //'; done
include Makefile.summ
HELP2MAN-run = $(PERL) -w -- $(srcdir)/$(HELP2MAN)
# Depend on configure.in to get version number changes.
$(dyn_MANS): $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
# Depend on the source file containing the --help text.
# Filter out irregular cases.
regular-men = $(filter-out $(irregular-men),$(dyn_MANS))
$(regular-men): %.8: $(top_srcdir)/src/%.c
executable = $(patsubst %/install,%/ginstall, ../src/$(basename $@))
$(dyn_MANS): %.8: %.x $(HELP2MAN)
@if test -f $(executable); then \
echo "Updating man page $@"; \
rm -f $@-t $@; \
$(HELP2MAN-run) \
--name="$($(basename $@)-summary)" \
--include=$(basename $@).x \
$(executable) > $@-t; \
chmod -w $@-t; \
mv $@-t $@; \
else \
echo "WARNING: The man page $@ cannot be updated yet."; \
echo " Retry once the corresponding executable is built."; \
fi
sample-config.tar.gz:
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) chozf sample-config.tar.gz sample-config

2
doc/Makefile.summ Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
# -*- makefile -*-
tincd-summary = tinc VPN daemon

3
doc/es/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
# Nothing to see here, go away!

218
doc/es/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Nothing to see here, go away!
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ../..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
LN_S = @LN_S@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PERL = @PERL@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
subdir = doc/es
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/es/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && \
CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ../..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

375
doc/help2man Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -w
# Generate a short man page from --help and --version output.
# Copyright © 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@compusol.com.au>
use 5.004;
use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
my $this_program = 'help2man';
my $this_version = '1.006';
my $version_info = <<EOT;
$this_program $this_version
Copyright (C) 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod\@compusol.com.au>
EOT
my $help_info = <<EOT;
`$this_program' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.
Usage: $this_program [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
--name=STRING use `STRING' as the description for the NAME paragraph
--include=FILE include material from `FILE'
--opt-include=FILE include material from `FILE' if it exists
--output=FILE send output to `FILE'
--no-info suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
--help print this help, then exit
--version print $this_program program version number, then exit
EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `version' options.
EOT
my ($include, $opt_name, $opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
# Parse options.
GetOptions (
'name=s' => \$opt_name,
'include=s' => \$include,
'opt-include=s' => \$opt_include,
'output=s' => \$opt_output,
'no-info' => \$opt_no_info,
help => sub { print $help_info; exit },
version => sub { print $version_info; exit },
) or die $help_info;
die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
my %include = ();
my @include = (); # to retain order
# Process include file (if given). Format is:
#
# [section name]
# verbatim text
if ($include or $opt_include)
{
if (open INC, $include || $opt_include)
{
my $sect;
while (<INC>)
{
if (/^\[([^]]+)\]/)
{
$sect = uc $1;
$sect =~ s/^\s+//;
$sect =~ s/\s+$//;
next;
}
# Silently ignore anything before the first
# section--allows for comments and revision info.
next unless $sect;
push @include, $sect unless $include{$sect};
$include{$sect} ||= '';
$include{$sect} .= $_;
}
close INC;
die "$this_program: no valid information found in `$include'\n"
unless %include;
# Compress trailing blank lines.
for (keys %include)
{
$include{$_} =~ s/\n+$//;
$include{$_} .= "\n" unless /^NAME$/;
}
}
else
{
die "$this_program: can't open `$include' ($!)\n" if $include;
}
}
# Turn off localisation of executable's ouput.
@ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LANG LC_ALL)} = ('C') x 3;
# Turn off localisation of date (for strftime)
setlocale LC_TIME, 'C';
# Grab help and version paragraphs from executable
my @help = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --help 2>/dev/null`
or die "$this_program: can't get `--help' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
my @version = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --version 2>/dev/null`
or die "$this_program: can't get `--version' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
my $date = strftime "%B %Y", localtime;
my $program = $ARGV[0]; $program =~ s!.*/!!;
my $package = $program;
my $version;
if ($opt_output)
{
unlink $opt_output
or die "$this_program: can't unlink $opt_output ($!)\n"
if -e $opt_output;
open STDOUT, ">$opt_output"
or die "$this_program: can't create $opt_output ($!)\n";
}
# The first line of the --version information is assumed to be in one
# of the following formats:
#
# <version>
# <program> <version>
# GNU <program> <version>
# <program> (GNU <package>) <version>
# <program> - GNU <package> <version>
#
# and seperated from any copyright/author details by a blank line.
$_ = shift @version;
if (/^(\S+)\s+\((GNU\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or
/^(\S+)\s+-\s*(GNU\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/)
{
$program = $1;
$package = $2;
$version = $3;
}
elsif (/^(GNU\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/)
{
$program = $2;
$package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2;
$version = $3;
}
else
{
$version = $_;
}
$program =~ s!.*/!!;
# no info for `info' itself
$opt_no_info = 1 if $program eq 'info';
# --name overrides --include contents
$include{NAME} = "$program \\- $opt_name" if $opt_name;
# Default (useless) NAME paragraph
$include{NAME} ||= "$program \\- manual page for $program $version";
# Man pages traditionally have the page title in caps.
my $PROGRAM = uc $program;
# Header.
print <<EOT;
.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
.TH $PROGRAM 1 "$date" "$package $version" "FSF"
.SH NAME
$include{NAME}
EOT
my $accumulate = 1;
my @description = ();
sub convert_option;
# Output converted --help information.
for (@help)
{
chomp;
if (s/^Usage:\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//)
{
# Turn the usage clause into a synopsis.
my $synopsis = '';
do {
my $syn = $1;
$syn =~ s/(([][]|\.\.+)+)/\\fR$1\\fI/g;
$syn =~ s/^/\\fI/ unless $syn =~ s/^\\fR//;
$syn .= '\fR';
$syn =~ s/\\fI(\s*)\\fR/$1/g;
$synopsis .= ".br\n" unless $accumulate;
$synopsis .= ".B $program\n";
$synopsis .= "$syn\n";
$accumulate = 0;
} while s/^(?:Usage|\s*or):\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//;
# Include file overrides SYNOPSIS.
print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n", $include{SYNOPSIS} || $synopsis;
# Dump any accumulated description text.
print ".SH DESCRIPTION\n";
print @description;
# Add additional description text from include file.
if ($include{DESCRIPTION})
{
print ".PP\n" unless $include{DESCRIPTION} =~ /^\..P/;
print $include{DESCRIPTION};
}
next unless $_;
}
# Accumulate text if the synopsis has not been produced yet.
if ($accumulate)
{
push @description, ".PP\n" if @description;
push @description, "$_\n";
next;
}
# Catch start of options.
if (/^Options:/)
{
print qq(.SH OPTIONS\n);
s/Options://;
}
# Catch bug report text.
if (/^Report bugs |^Email bug reports to /)
{
print qq(.SH "REPORTING BUGS"\n$_\n);
next;
}
# Special case for tar 1.12: --label=NAME\nPATTERN.
s{(\n[ \t]*)(-V,[ \t]+--label=NAME.*)\n[ \t]+PATTERN[ \t]+}
{$1$2$1\\&...=PATTERN };
# Convert options.
s/(\s)(-[][\w=-]+|\\&\S+)/$1 . convert_option $2/ge;
# Option subsections have second line indented.
print qq(.SS "$1"\n) if s/^(\S.*)\n(\s)/$2/;
# Lines indented more than about 10 spaces may be assumed to be
# continuations of the previous line.
s/\n {10,}/ /g;
# Lines following dotted (*) or numbered points may also be
# continued if indented to the same level as the text following
# the point.
1 while s{((?:^|\n)(\s+)(?:[1-9][.)]|\*)(\s+)(?:[^\n]+))\n\2 \3(\S)}
{$1 $4}g;
# Indented paragraph.
if (/^\s/)
{
for (split /\n/)
{
s/^\s+//;
s/([^,])\s+/$1\n/;
print ".TP\n$_\n" if $_;
}
}
# Anything else.
else
{
print ".PP\n$_\n";
}
}
# Print any include items other than the ones we have already dealt
# with.
for (@include)
{
print qq(.SH "$_"\n$include{$_})
unless /^(NAME|SYNOPSIS|DESCRIPTION|SEE ALSO)$/;
}
# Refer to the real documentation.
if ($include{'SEE ALSO'} or !$opt_no_info)
{
print qq(.SH "SEE ALSO"\n);
print $include{'SEE ALSO'}, ".PP\n" if $include{'SEE ALSO'};
print <<EOT unless $opt_no_info;
The full documentation for
.B $program
is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the
.B info
and
.B $program
programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.IP
.B info $program
.PP
should give you access to the complete manual.
EOT
}
# Output converted --version information.
for (@version)
{
chomp;
# Join hyphenated lines.
s/([A-Za-z])-\n */$1/g;
# Convert copyright symbol or (c) to nroff character.
s/Copyright\s+(?:\xa9|\([Cc]\))/Copyright \\(co/g;
# Insert appropriate headings for copyright and author.
if (/^Copyright\s\\/) { print ".SH COPYRIGHT\n" }
elsif (/^Written\s+by/) { print ".SH AUTHOR\n" }
else { print ".PP\n"; }
# Insert line breaks before additional copyright messages and the
# disclaimer.
s/(.)\n(Copyright\s|This is free software)/$1\n.br\n$2/g;
print "$_\n";
}
exit;
# Convert option dashes to \- to stop nroff from hyphenating 'em, and
# embolden. Option arguments get italicised.
sub convert_option
{
my $option = '\fB' . shift;
$option =~ s/-/\\-/g;
unless ($option =~ s/\[=(.*)\]$/\\fR[=\\fI$1\\fR]/)
{
$option =~ s/=(.)/\\fR=\\fI$1/;
$option =~ s/ (.)/ \\fI$1/;
$option .= '\fR';
}
$option;
}

BIN
doc/sample-config.tar.gz Normal file
View file

Binary file not shown.

5484
doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

340
doc/tinc.conf.5 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
.Dd 2002-04-09
.Dt TINC.CONF 5
.\" Manual page created by:
.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
.Sh NAME
.Nm tinc.conf
.Nd tinc daemon configuration
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The files in the
.Pa /etc/tinc/
directory contain runtime and security information for the tinc daemon.
.Sh NETWORKS
It is perfectly ok for you to run more than one tinc daemon.
However, in its default form,
you will soon notice that you can't use two different configuration files without the
.Fl c
option.
.Pp
We have thought of another way of dealing with this: network names.
This means that you call
.Nm
with the
.Fl n
option, which will assign a name to this daemon.
.Pp
The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration root to
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ,
where
.Ar NETNAME
is your argument to the
.Fl n
option.
You'll notice that messages appear in syslog as coming from
.Nm tincd. Ns Ar NETNAME .
.Pp
However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the
.Fl n
option.
In this case, the network name would just be empty,
and it will be used as such.
.Nm tinc
now looks for files in
.Pa /etc/tinc/ ,
instead of
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ;
the configuration file should be
.Pa /etc/tinc/tinc.conf ,
and the host configuration files are now expected to be in
.Pa /etc/tinc/hosts/ .
.Pp
But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of
.Nm tinc ,
because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to.
Hence, we will assume that you use it.
.Sh NAMES
Each tinc daemon should have a name that is unique in the network which it will be part of.
The name will be used by other tinc daemons for identification.
The name has to be declared in the
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
file.
.Pp
To make things easy,
choose something that will give unique and easy to remember names to your tinc daemon(s).
You could try things like hostnames, owner surnames or location names.
.Sh PUBLIC/PRIVATE KEYS
You should use
.Ic tincd -K
to generate public/private keypairs.
It will generate two keys.
The private key should be stored in a separate file
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv
\-\- where
.Ar NETNAME
stands for the network (see
.Sx NETWORKS )
above.
The public key should be stored in the host configuration file
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Va NAME
\-\- where
.Va NAME
stands for the name of the local tinc daemon (see
.Sx NAMES ) .
.Sh SERVER CONFIGURATION
The server configuration of the daemon is done in the file
.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf .
This file consists of comments (lines started with a
.Li # )
or assignments in the form of:
.Pp
.Va Variable Li = Ar Value .
.Pp
The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs,
newlines and carriage returns are ignored.
Note: it is not required that you put in the
.Li =
sign, but doing so improves readability.
If you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space character.
.Pp
Here are all valid variables, listed in alphabetical order.
The default value is given between parentheses.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Va AddressFamily Li = ipv4 | ipv6 | any Po ipv4 Pc Bq experimental
This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets.
If
.Qq any
is selected, then depending on the operating system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just
IPv6 listening sockets will be created.
.It Va BindToInterface Li = Ar interface Bq experimental
If your computer has more than one network interface,
.Nm tinc
will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections.
It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable.
.Pp
This option may not work on all platforms.
.It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name
Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup.
Multiple
.Va ConnectTo
variables may be specified,
in which case outgoing connections to each specified tinc daemon are made.
The names should be known to this tinc daemon
(i.e., there should be a host configuration file for the name on the
.Va ConnectTo
line).
.Pp
If you don't specify a host with
.Va ConnectTo ,
.Nm tinc
won't try to connect to other daemons at all,
and will instead just listen for incoming connections.
.It Va Device Li = Ar device Po /dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun Pc
The virtual network device to use.
.Nm tinc
will automatically detect what kind of device it is.
Note that you can only use one device per daemon.
The info pages of the tinc package contain more information
about configuring the virtual network device.
.It Va Hostnames Li = yes | no Pq no
This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) should
be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect tinc's
efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds every time it does
a lookup if your DNS server is not responding.
.Pp
This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the
host configuration files.
.It Va Interface Li = Ar interface
Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device.
Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name.
Currently this option only affects the Linux tun/tap device.
.It Va KeyExpire Li = Ar period Pq 3600
This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are valid.
It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers,
even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key.
.It Va MACExpire Li = Ar period Pq 600
This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed.
This only has effect when
.Va Mode
is set to
.Qq switch .
.It Va MaxTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 900
This is the maximum delay before trying to reconnect to other tinc daemons.
.It Va Mode Li = router | switch | hub Pq router
This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It router
In this mode
.Va Subnet
variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table.
Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode.
.It switch
In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to
dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does.
Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode
at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates.
.It hub
This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead
every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons
while no routing table is managed.
.El
.It Va Name Li = Ar name Bq required
This is the name which identifies this tinc daemon.
It must be unique for the virtual private network this daemon will connect to.
.It Va PingTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 60
The number of seconds of inactivity that
.Nm tinc
will wait before sending a probe to the other end.
If that other end doesn't answer within that same amount of time,
the connection is terminated,
and the others will be notified of this.
.It Va PriorityInheritance Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets
will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out.
.It Va PrivateKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
The private RSA key of this tinc daemon.
It will allow this tinc daemon to authenticate itself to other daemons.
.It Va PrivateKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq recommended
The file in which the private RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
Note that there must be exactly one of
.Va PrivateKey
or
.Va PrivateKeyFile
specified in the configuration file.
.El
.Sh HOST CONFIGURATION FILES
The host configuration files contain all information needed
to establish a connection to those hosts.
A host configuration file is also required for the local tinc daemon,
it will use it to read in it's listen port, public key and subnets.
.Pp
The idea is that these files are portable.
You can safely mail your own host configuration file to someone else.
That other person can then copy it to his own hosts directory,
and now his tinc daemon will be able to connect to your tinc daemon.
Since host configuration files only contain public keys,
no secrets are revealed by sending out this information.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Va Address Li = Ar address Bq recommended
The IP address or hostname of this tinc daemon on the real network.
This wil only be used when trying to make an outgoing connection to this tinc daemon.
Multiple
.Va Address
variables can be specified, in which case each address will be tried until a working
connection has been established.
.It Va Cipher Li = Ar cipher Pq blowfish
The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets.
Any cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
Furthermore, specifying
.Qq none
will turn off packet encryption.
.It Va Compression Li = Ar level Pq 0
This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets.
Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 (best).
.It Va Digest Li = Ar digest Pq sha1
The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets.
Any digest supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
Furthermore, specifying
.Qq none
will turn off packet authentication.
.It Va IndirectData Li = yes | no Pq no
This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one you specified with
.Va ConnectTo
can make a direct connection to you.
This is especially useful if you are behind a firewall
and it is impossible to make a connection from the outside to your tinc daemon.
Otherwise, it is best to leave this option out or set it to no.
.It Va MACLength Li = Ar length Pq 4
The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets.
Can be anything from
.Qq 0
up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm.
.It Va Port Li = Ar port Pq 655
The port number on which this tinc daemon is listening for incoming connections.
.It Va PublicKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
The public RSA key of this tinc daemon.
It will be used to cryptographically verify it's identity and to set up a secure connection.
.It Va PublicKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq obsolete
The file in which the public RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
.Pp
From version 1.0pre4 on
.Nm tinc
will store the public key directly into the host configuration file in PEM format,
the above two options then are not necessary.
Either the PEM format is used, or exactly one of the above two options must be specified
in each host configuration file,
if you want to be able to establish a connection with that host.
.It Va Subnet Li = Ar address Ns Op Li / Ns Ar prefixlength
The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve.
.Nm tinc
tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropriate subnet.
If the packet matches a subnet,
it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file.
Multiple
.Va Subnet
variables can be specified.
.Pp
Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses,
in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed,
or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength.
Shorthand notations are not supported.
For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24,
where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask.
Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid!
Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this.
IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64.
MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e.
.It Va TCPOnly Li = yes | no Pq no
If this variable is set to yes,
then the packets are tunnelled over the TCP connection instead of a UDP connection.
This is especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon
from behind a masquerading firewall,
or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow.
Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData.
.El
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Pa /etc/tinc/
The top directory for configuration files.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
The default name of the server configuration file for net
.Ar NETNAME .
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
Host configuration files are kept in this directory.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
If an executable file with this name exists,
it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has connected to the virtual network device.
It can be used to set up the corresponding network interface.
.Pp
The environment variable
.Ev $NETNAME
will be passed to the executable.
If specified with the
.Va Interface
configuration variable,
or if the virtual network device is a Linux tun/tap device,
the environment variable
.Ev $INTERFACE
will be set to the name of the network interface.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
If an executable file with this name exists,
it will be executed right before the tinc daemon is going to close
its connection to the virtual network device.
The same environment variables will be passed as mentioned above.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr tincd 8 ,
.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
.Pa http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/ .
.Pp
The full documentation for
.Nm tinc
is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, the command
.Ic info tinc
should give you access to the complete manual.
.Pp
.Nm tinc
comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
see the file COPYING for details.

79
doc/tinc.info Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net> and Wessel Dankers
<wsl@nl.linux.org>.
$Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.

Indirect:
tinc.info-1: 888
tinc.info-2: 49234

Tag Table:
(Indirect)
Node: Top888
Node: Introduction1186
Node: VPNs2034
Node: tinc3755
Node: Supported platforms5258
Node: Preparations7214
Node: Configuring the kernel7469
Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.1.60 up to 2.4.08812
Node: Configuration of Linux kernels 2.4.0 and higher10055
Node: Configuration of FreeBSD kernels11128
Node: Configuration of OpenBSD kernels11742
Node: Configuration of Solaris kernels12225
Node: Libraries12683
Node: OpenSSL13040
Node: zlib14878
Node: Installation15686
Node: Building and installing tinc16704
Node: System files17253
Node: Device files17513
Node: Other files18817
Node: Configuration19431
Node: Configuration introduction19738
Node: Multiple networks20972
Node: How connections work22387
Node: Configuration files23571
Node: Main configuration variables24605
Node: Host configuration variables29459
Node: How to configure33723
Node: Generating keypairs35062
Node: Network interfaces35558
Node: Example configuration37837
Node: Running tinc43704
Node: Runtime options44221
Node: Error messages45810
Node: Technical information48691
Node: The connection48897
Node: The UDP tunnel49234
Node: The meta-connection51531
Node: The meta-protocol52992
Node: Security57443
Node: Authentication protocol58648
Node: Encryption of network packets63939
Node: About us65262
Node: Contact Information65425
Node: Authors65820
Node: Concept Index66438

End Tag Table

1317
doc/tinc.info-1 Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

520
doc/tinc.info-2 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* tinc: (tinc). The tinc Manual.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon.
Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net> and Wessel Dankers
<wsl@nl.linux.org>.
$Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
preserved on all copies.
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
permission notice identical to this one.

File: tinc.info, Node: The UDP tunnel, Next: The meta-connection, Prev: The connection, Up: The connection
The UDP tunnel
--------------
The data itself is read from a character device file, the so-called
_virtual network device_. This device is associated with a network
interface. Any data sent to this interface can be read from the device,
and any data written to the device gets sent from the interface. Data
to and from the device is formatted as if it were a normal Ethernet
card, so a frame is preceded by two MAC addresses and a _frame type_
field.
So when tinc reads an Ethernet frame from the device, it determines
its type. When tinc is in it's default routing mode, it can handle IPv4
and IPv6 packets. Depending on the Subnet lines, it will send the
packets off to their destination. In the `switch' and `hub' mode, tinc
will use broadcasts and MAC address discovery to deduce the destination
of the packets. Since the latter modes only depend on the link layer
information, any protocol that runs over Ethernet is supported (for
instance IPX and Appletalk).
After the destination has been determined, a sequence number will be
added to the packet. The packet will then be encrypted and a message
authentication code will be appended.
When that is done, time has come to actually transport the packet to
the destination computer. We do this by sending the packet over an UDP
connection to the destination host. This is called _encapsulating_,
the VPN packet (though now encrypted) is encapsulated in another IP
datagram.
When the destination receives this packet, the same thing happens,
only in reverse. So it checks the message authentication code,
decrypts the contents of the UDP datagram, checks the sequence number
and writes the decrypted information to its own virtual network device.
To let the kernel on the receiving end accept the packet, the
destination MAC address must match that of the virtual network
interface. If tinc is in it's default routing mode, ARP does not work,
so the correct destination MAC cannot be set by the sending daemons.
tinc solves this by always overwriting the destination MAC address with
fe:fd:0:0:0:0. That is also the reason why you must set the MAC address
of your tap interface to that address.

File: tinc.info, Node: The meta-connection, Prev: The UDP tunnel, Up: The connection
The meta-connection
-------------------
Having only an UDP connection available is not enough. Though
suitable for transmitting data, we want to be able to reliably send
other information, such as routing and session key information to
somebody.
TCP is a better alternative, because it already contains protection
against information being lost, unlike UDP.
So we establish two connections. One for the encrypted VPN data,
and one for other information, the meta-data. Hence, we call the second
connection the meta-connection. We can now be sure that the
meta-information doesn't get lost on the way to another computer.
Like with any communication, we must have a protocol, so that
everybody knows what everything stands for, and how she should react.
Because we have two connections, we also have two protocols. The
protocol used for the UDP data is the "data-protocol," the other one is
the "meta-protocol."
The reason we don't use TCP for both protocols is that UDP is much
better for encapsulation, even while it is less reliable. The real
problem is that when TCP would be used to encapsulate a TCP stream
that's on the private network, for every packet sent there would be
three ACKs sent instead of just one. Furthermore, if there would be a
timeout, both TCP streams would sense the timeout, and both would start
re-sending packets.

File: tinc.info, Node: The meta-protocol, Next: Security, Prev: The connection, Up: Technical information
The meta-protocol
=================
The meta protocol is used to tie all tinc daemons together, and
exchange information about which tinc daemon serves which virtual
subnet.
The meta protocol consists of requests that can be sent to the other
side. Each request has a unique number and several parameters. All
requests are represented in the standard ASCII character set. It is
possible to use tools such as telnet or netcat to connect to a tinc
daemon and to read and write requests by hand, provided that one
understands the numeric codes sent.
The authentication scheme is described in *Note Authentication
protocol::. After a successful authentication, the server and the
client will exchange all the information about other tinc daemons and
subnets they know of, so that both sides (and all the other tinc
daemons behind them) have their information synchronised.
daemon message
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
origin ADD_EDGE node1 12.23.34.45 655 node2 21.32.43.54 655 222 0
| | | \___________________/ | +-> options
| | | | +----> weight
| | | +----------------> see below
| | +--> UDP port
| +----------> real address
+------------------> name of node on one side of the edge
origin ADD_SUBNET node 192.168.1.0/24
| | +--> prefixlength
| +--------> IPv4 network address
+------------------> owner of this subnet
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
In case a connection between two daemons is closed or broken,
DEL_EDGE messages are sent to inform the other daemons of that fact.
Each daemon will calculate a new route to the the daemons, or mark them
unreachable if there isn't any.
The keys used to encrypt VPN packets are not sent out directly. This
is because it would generate a lot of traffic on VPNs with many
daemons, and chances are that not every tinc daemon will ever send a
packet to every other daemon. Instead, if a daemon needs a key it sends
a request for it via the meta connection of the nearest hop in the
direction of the destination. If any hop on the way has already learned
the key, it will act as a proxy and forward its copy back to the
requester.
daemon message
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
daemon REQ_KEY origin destination
| +--> name of the tinc daemon it wants the key from
+----------> name of the daemon that wants the key
daemon ANS_KEY origin destination 4ae0b0a82d6e0078 91 64 4
| | \______________/ | | +--> MAC length
| | | | +-----> digest algorithm
| | | +--------> cipher algorithm
| | +--> 128 bits key
| +--> name of the daemon that wants the key
+----------> name of the daemon that uses this key
daemon KEY_CHANGED origin
+--> daemon that has changed it's packet key
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is also a mechanism to check if hosts are still alive. Since
network failures or a crash can cause a daemon to be killed without
properly shutting down the TCP connection, this is necessary to keep an
up to date connection list. PINGs are sent at regular intervals, except
when there is also some other traffic. A little bit of salt (random
data) is added with each PING and PONG message, to make sure that long
sequences of PING/PONG messages without any other traffic won't result
in known plaintext.
daemon message
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
origin PING
dest. PONG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
This basically covers what is sent over the meta connection by tinc.

File: tinc.info, Node: Security, Prev: The meta-protocol, Up: Technical information
About tinc's encryption and other security-related issues.
==========================================================
tinc got its name from "TINC," short for _There Is No Cabal_; the
alleged Cabal was/is an organisation that was said to keep an eye on the
entire Internet. As this is exactly what you _don't_ want, we named
the tinc project after TINC.
But in order to be "immune" to eavesdropping, you'll have to encrypt
your data. Because tinc is a _Secure_ VPN (SVPN) daemon, it does
exactly that: encrypt. tinc by default uses blowfish encryption with
128 bit keys in CBC mode, 32 bit sequence numbers and 4 byte long
message authentication codes to make sure eavesdroppers cannot get and
cannot change any information at all from the packets they can
intercept. The encryption algorithm and message authentication
algorithm can be changed in the configuration. The length of the message
authentication codes is also adjustable. The length of the key for the
encryption algorithm is always the default length used by OpenSSL.
* Menu:
* Authentication protocol::
* Encryption of network packets::

File: tinc.info, Node: Authentication protocol, Next: Encryption of network packets, Prev: Security, Up: Security
Authentication protocol
-----------------------
A new scheme for authentication in tinc has been devised, which
offers some improvements over the protocol used in 1.0pre2 and 1.0pre3.
Explanation is below.
daemon message
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
client <attempts connection>
server <accepts connection>
client ID client 12
| +---> version
+-------> name of tinc daemon
server ID server 12
| +---> version
+-------> name of tinc daemon
client META_KEY 5f0823a93e35b69e...7086ec7866ce582b
\_________________________________/
+-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S1,
encrypted with server's public RSA key
server META_KEY 6ab9c1640388f8f0...45d1a07f8a672630
\_________________________________/
+-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S2,
encrypted with client's public RSA key
From now on:
- the client will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S1
- the server will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S2
client CHALLENGE da02add1817c1920989ba6ae2a49cecbda0
\_________________________________/
+-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H1
server CHALLENGE 57fb4b2ccd70d6bb35a64c142f47e61d57f
\_________________________________/
+-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H2
client CHAL_REPLY 816a86
+-> 160 bits SHA1 of H2
server CHAL_REPLY 928ffe
+-> 160 bits SHA1 of H1
After the correct challenge replies are received, both ends have proved
their identity. Further information is exchanged.
client ACK 655 12.23.34.45 123 0
| | | +-> options
| | +----> estimated weight
| +------------> IP address of server as seen by client
+--------------------> UDP port of client
server ACK 655 21.32.43.54 321 0
| | | +-> options
| | +----> estimated weight
| +------------> IP address of client as seen by server
+--------------------> UDP port of server
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
This new scheme has several improvements, both in efficiency and
security.
First of all, the server sends exactly the same kind of messages
over the wire as the client. The previous versions of tinc first
authenticated the client, and then the server. This scheme even allows
both sides to send their messages simultaneously, there is no need to
wait for the other to send something first. This means that any
calculations that need to be done upon sending or receiving a message
can also be done in parallel. This is especially important when doing
RSA encryption/decryption. Given that these calculations are the main
part of the CPU time spent for the authentication, speed is improved by
a factor 2.
Second, only one RSA encrypted message is sent instead of two. This
reduces the amount of information attackers can see (and thus use for a
cryptographic attack). It also improves speed by a factor two, making
the total speedup a factor 4.
Third, and most important: The symmetric cipher keys are exchanged
first, the challenge is done afterwards. In the previous authentication
scheme, because a man-in-the-middle could pass the challenge/chal_reply
phase (by just copying the messages between the two real tinc daemons),
but no information was exchanged that was really needed to read the
rest of the messages, the challenge/chal_reply phase was of no real
use. The man-in-the-middle was only stopped by the fact that only after
the ACK messages were encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Potentially,
it could even send it's own symmetric key to the server (if it knew the
server's public key) and read some of the metadata the server would
send it (it was impossible for the mitm to read actual network packets
though). The new scheme however prevents this.
This new scheme makes sure that first of all, symmetric keys are
exchanged. The rest of the messages are then encrypted with the
symmetric cipher. Then, each side can only read received messages if
they have their private key. The challenge is there to let the other
side know that the private key is really known, because a challenge
reply can only be sent back if the challenge is decrypted correctly,
and that can only be done with knowledge of the private key.
Fourth: the first thing that is send via the symmetric cipher
encrypted connection is a totally random string, so that there is no
known plaintext (for an attacker) in the beginning of the encrypted
stream.

File: tinc.info, Node: Encryption of network packets, Prev: Authentication protocol, Up: Security
Encryption of network packet
----------------------------
A data packet can only be sent if the encryption key is known to both
parties, and the connection is activated. If the encryption key is not
known, a request is sent to the destination using the meta connection
to retrieve it. The packet is stored in a queue while waiting for the
key to arrive.
The UDP packet containing the network packet from the VPN has the
following layout:
... | IP header | UDP header | seqno | VPN packet | MAC | UDP trailer
\___________________/\_____/
| |
V +---> digest algorithm
Encrypted with symmetric cipher
So, the entire VPN packet is encrypted using a symmetric cipher. A
32 bits sequence number is added in front of the actual VPN packet, to
act as a unique IV for each packet and to prevent replay attacks. A
message authentication code is added to the UDP packet to prevent
alteration of packets. By default the first 4 bytes of the digest are
used for this, but this can be changed using the MACLength
configuration variable.

File: tinc.info, Node: About us, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Technical information, Up: Top
About us
********
* Menu:
* Contact Information::
* Authors::

File: tinc.info, Node: Contact Information, Next: Authors, Prev: About us, Up: About us
Contact information
===================
tinc's website is at <http://tinc.nl.linux.org/>, this server is
located in the Netherlands.
We have an IRC channel on the Open Projects IRC network. Connect to
irc.openprojects.net (http://openprojects.nu/services/irc.html), and
join channel #tinc.

File: tinc.info, Node: Authors, Prev: Contact Information, Up: About us
Authors
=======
Ivo Timmermans (zarq) (<itimmermans@bigfoot.com>)
Main coder/hacker and maintainer of the package.
Guus Sliepen (guus) (<guus@sliepen.warande.net>)
Originator of it all, co-author.
Wessel Dankers (Ubiq) (<wsl@nl.linux.org>)
For the name `tinc' and various suggestions.
We have received a lot of valuable input from users. With their
help, tinc has become the flexible and robust tool that it is today.
We have composed a list of contributions, in the file called `THANKS' in
the source distribution.

File: tinc.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: About us, Up: Top
Concept Index
*************
* Menu:
* ACK: Authentication protocol.
* ADD_EDGE: The meta-protocol.
* ADD_SUBNET: The meta-protocol.
* Address: Host configuration variables.
* AddressFamily: Main configuration variables.
* ANS_KEY: The meta-protocol.
* arp <1>: Error messages.
* arp: Network interfaces.
* authentication: Authentication protocol.
* binary package: Building and installing tinc.
* BindToInterface: Main configuration variables.
* Cabal: Security.
* CHAL_REPLY: Authentication protocol.
* CHALLENGE: Authentication protocol.
* CIDR notation: Host configuration variables.
* Cipher: Host configuration variables.
* client: How connections work.
* command line: Runtime options.
* Compression: Host configuration variables.
* connection: The connection.
* ConnectTo: Main configuration variables.
* daemon: Running tinc.
* data-protocol: The meta-connection.
* Debian: Configuring the kernel.
* debug level: Runtime options.
* DEL_EDGE: The meta-protocol.
* Device: Main configuration variables.
* device files: Device files.
* Digest: Host configuration variables.
* encapsulating: The UDP tunnel.
* encryption: Encryption of network packets.
* ethertap: Configuring the kernel.
* example: Example configuration.
* frame type: The UDP tunnel.
* FreeBSD: Supported platforms.
* hardware address: Network interfaces.
* Hostnames: Main configuration variables.
* hub: Main configuration variables.
* ID: Authentication protocol.
* ifconfig: Network interfaces.
* IndirectData: Host configuration variables.
* Interface: Main configuration variables.
* IRC: Contact Information.
* Kernel-HOWTO: Configuring the kernel.
* key generation: Generating keypairs.
* KEY_CHANGED: The meta-protocol.
* KeyExpire: Main configuration variables.
* libraries: Libraries.
* license: OpenSSL.
* Linux: Supported platforms.
* MAC address: Network interfaces.
* MACExpire: Main configuration variables.
* MACLength: Host configuration variables.
* meta-protocol: The meta-connection.
* META_KEY: Authentication protocol.
* Mode: Main configuration variables.
* multiple networks: Multiple networks.
* Name: Main configuration variables.
* netlink_dev: Configuring the kernel.
* netmask: Network interfaces.
* netname: Multiple networks.
* Network Administrators Guide: Configuration introduction.
* OpenBSD: Supported platforms.
* OpenSSL: OpenSSL.
* options: Runtime options.
* PEM format: Host configuration variables.
* PING: The meta-protocol.
* PingTimeout: Main configuration variables.
* platforms: Supported platforms.
* PONG: The meta-protocol.
* Port: Host configuration variables.
* port numbers: Other files.
* PriorityInheritance: Main configuration variables.
* private: VPNs.
* PrivateKey: Main configuration variables.
* PrivateKeyFile: Main configuration variables.
* PublicKey: Host configuration variables.
* PublicKeyFile: Host configuration variables.
* RedHat: Configuring the kernel.
* release: Supported platforms.
* REQ_KEY: The meta-protocol.
* requirements: Libraries.
* router: Main configuration variables.
* runtime options: Runtime options.
* scalability: tinc.
* server: How connections work.
* Solaris: Supported platforms.
* Subnet: Host configuration variables.
* SVPN: Security.
* switch: Main configuration variables.
* TCP: The meta-connection.
* TCPonly: Host configuration variables.
* TINC: Security.
* tinc: Introduction.
* tinc-up: Network interfaces.
* tincd: tinc.
* Traditional VPNs: tinc.
* tun: Configuring the kernel.
* UDP <1>: Encryption of network packets.
* UDP: The UDP tunnel.
* virtual: VPNs.
* virtual network device: The UDP tunnel.
* VPN: VPNs.
* vpnd: tinc.
* website: Contact Information.
* zlib: zlib.

1893
doc/tinc.texi Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

174
doc/tincd.8 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
.Dd 2002-03-25
.Dt TINCD 8
.\" Manual page created by:
.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
.Sh NAME
.Nm tincd
.Nd tinc VPN daemon
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Op Fl cdDkKn
.Op Fl -bypass-security
.Op Fl -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
.Op Fl -debug Ns = Ns Ar LEVEL
.Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
.Op Fl -help
.Op Fl -kill Ns = Ns Ar SIGNAL
.Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
.Op Fl -no-detach
.Op Fl -version
.Sh DESCRIPTION
This is the daemon of tinc, a secure virtual private network (VPN) project.
When started,
.Nm
will read it's configuration file to determine what virtual subnets it has to serve
and to what other tinc daemons it should connect.
It will connect to the ethertap or tun/tap device
and set up a socket for incoming connections.
Optionally a script will be executed to further configure the virtual device.
If that succeeds,
it will detach from the controlling terminal and continue in the background,
accepting and setting up connections to other tinc daemons
that are part of the virtual private network.
.Sh OPTIONS
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Fl -bypass-security
Disables encryption and authentication.
Only useful for debugging.
.It Fl c, -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
Read configuration options from
.Ar DIR .
.It Fl d, -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL
Increase debug level or set it to
.Ar LEVEL
(see below).
.It Fl K, -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
Generate public/private RSA keypair and exit.
If
.Ar BITS
is omitted, the default length will be 1024 bits.
.It Fl -help
Display short list of options.
.It Fl k, -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL
Attempt to kill a running
.Nm
(optionally with the specified
.Ar SIGNAL
instead of SIGTERM) and exit.
.It Fl n, -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
Connect to net
.Ar NETNAME .
.It Fl D, -no-detach
Don't fork and detach.
This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors.
.It Fl -version
Output version information and exit.
.El
.Sh SIGNALS
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It ALRM
Forces
.Nm
to try to connect to all uplinks immediately.
Usually
.Nm
attempts to do this itself,
but increases the time it waits between the attempts each time it failed,
and if
.Nm
didn't succeed to connect to an uplink the first time after it started,
it defaults to the maximum time of 15 minutes.
.It HUP
Closes all connections, rereads the configuration file and restarts the daemon.
.It INT
Temporarily increases debug level to 5.
Send this signal again to revert to the original level.
.It USR1
Dumps the connection list to syslog.
.It USR2
Dumps virtual network device statistics, all known nodes, edges and subnets to syslog.
.It WINCH
Purges all information remembered about unreachable nodes.
.El
.Sh DEBUG LEVELS
The tinc daemon can send a lot of messages to the syslog.
The higher the debug level,
the more messages it will log.
Each level inherits all messages of the previous level:
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It 0
This will log a message indicating
.Nm
has started along with a version number.
It will also any serious error.
.It 1
This will log all connections that are made with other tinc daemons.
.It 2
This will log status and error messages from other tinc daemons.
.It 3
This will log all requests that are exchanged with other tinc daemons. These include
authentication, key exchange and connection list updates.
.It 4
This will log a copy of everything received on the meta socket.
.It 5
This will log all network traffic over the virtual private network.
.El
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
The configuration file for
.Nm .
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
Script which is executed as soon as the virtual network device has been allocated.
Purpose is to further configure that device.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
Script which is executed when
.Nm
exits.
Purpose is to cleanly shut down the virtual network device before it will be deallocated.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/*
The directory containing the host configuration files
used to authenticate other tinc daemons.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -up
Script which is executed as soon as host
.Ar NAME
becomes reachable.
.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -down
Script which is executed as soon as host
.Ar NAME
becomes unreachable.
.It Pa /var/run/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid
The PID of the currently running
.Nm
is stored in this file.
.El
.Sh BUGS
The
.Va BindToInterface
option may not work correctly.
.Pp
.Sy The cryptography in tinc is not well tested yet. Use it at your own risk!
.Pp
If you find any bugs, report them to tinc@nl.linux.org.
.Sh TODO
A lot, especially security auditing.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr tinc.conf 5 ,
.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
.Pa http://www.cabal.org/ .
.Pp
The full documentation for tinc is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site,
the command
.Ic info tinc
should give you access to the complete manual.
.Pp
tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
see the file COPYING for details.
.Sh AUTHORS
.An "Ivo Timmermans" Aq itimmermans@bigfoot.com
.An "Guus Sliepen" Aq guus@sliepen.warande.net
.Pp
And thanks to many others for their contributions to tinc!

251
install-sh Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
#
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
# without express or implied warranty.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
# shared with many OS's install programs.
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
transformbasename=""
transform_arg=""
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
dir_arg=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
shift
continue;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
shift
continue;;
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
shift
continue;;
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
:
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "install: no input file specified"
exit 1
else
true
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
dst=$src
src=""
if [ -d $dst ]; then
instcmd=:
chmodcmd=""
else
instcmd=mkdir
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
then
true
else
echo "install: $src does not exist"
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "install: no destination specified"
exit 1
else
true
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d $dst ]
then
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
else
true
fi
fi
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
defaultIFS='
'
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
oIFS="${IFS}"
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
IFS='%'
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
IFS="${oIFS}"
pathcomp=''
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
shift
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
then
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
else
true
fi
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
done
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
then
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
else
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
fi
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
true
fi
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
fi &&
exit 0

4
intl/ChangeLog Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
2001-09-13 GNU <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
* Version 0.10.40 released.

313
intl/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
libdir = @libdir@
includedir = @includedir@
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
aliaspath = $(localedir)
subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
localcharset.c
OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=1
LTV_REVISION=1
LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.c.lo:
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
.sin.sed:
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
all-no-no:
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-rpath $(libdir) \
-no-undefined
libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
charset.alias: config.charset
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
# only use the library should use install instead.
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
orig=charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
fi; \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
&& test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
info dvi:
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
else \
: ; \
fi
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
|| cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
done
Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
cd .. \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
intl/VERSION Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40

369
intl/bindtextdom.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
#ifndef offsetof
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
#endif
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep,
const char **codesetp));
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
modified, only the current value is returned.
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
const char *domainname;
const char **dirnamep;
const char **codesetp;
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
{
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
return;
}
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (binding != NULL)
{
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
}
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
modified = 1;
}
}
*dirnamep = result;
}
}
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->codeset;
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
binding->codeset_cntr++;
modified = 1;
}
}
*codesetp = result;
}
}
}
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
struct binding *new_binding =
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
goto failed;
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
dirname = result;
}
}
*dirnamep = dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset != NULL)
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
}
else
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
{
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
}
else
{
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
while (binding->next != NULL
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
binding = binding->next;
new_binding->next = binding->next;
binding->next = new_binding;
}
modified = 1;
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
failed:
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
}
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif

438
intl/config.charset Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name used by which systems a MIME name?
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
# ISO-8859-13 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 win32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix win32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf win32 dos
# CP950 win32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 win32
# CP1251 glibc win32
# CP1252 aix win32
# CP1253 win32
# CP1254 win32
# CP1255 win32
# CP1256 win32
# CP1257 win32
# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc
# GBK aix osf win32 dos
# GB18030 glibc
# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
# JOHAB glibc win32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII glibc yes
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

58
intl/dcgettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif

1259
intl/dcigettext.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

60
intl/dcngettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
#endif

59
intl/dgettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
#endif

61
intl/dngettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <locale.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
#endif

192
intl/explodename.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
char *
_nl_find_language (name)
const char *name;
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
&& name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
++name;
return (char *) name;
}
int
_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
char *name;
const char **language;
const char **modifier;
const char **territory;
const char **codeset;
const char **normalized_codeset;
const char **special;
const char **sponsor;
const char **revision;
{
enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
char *cp;
int mask;
*modifier = NULL;
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
*special = NULL;
*sponsor = NULL;
*revision = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = 0;
syntax = undecided;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
&& cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= TERRITORY;
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
syntax = xpg;
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
}
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
&& cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
}
if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
{
syntax = cen;
if (cp[0] == '+')
{
/* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*special = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
}
if (cp[0] == ',')
{
/* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*sponsor = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
++cp;
mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
}
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
cp[0] = '\0';
*revision = ++cp;
mask |= CEN_REVISION;
}
}
/* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
if (syntax == xpg)
{
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
}
return mask;
}

198
intl/finddomain.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
const char *dirname;
char *locale;
const char *domainname;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
const char *modifier;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
and six parts for the CEN syntax:
language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) revision
(2) sponsor
(3) special
(4) codeset
(5) normalized codeset
(6) territory
(7) audience/modifier
*/
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
done. */
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
if (alias_value != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
locale = strdup (alias_value);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
#else
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
#endif
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
&sponsor, &revision);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
if (retval->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
}
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
return retval;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
while (runp != NULL)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
if (runp->data != NULL)
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
runp = runp->next;
free ((char *) here->filename);
free (here);
}
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif

64
intl/gettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
#else
# define GETTEXT gettext__
# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
#endif

102
intl/gettext.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
when cross-compiling. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
#else
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
#else
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
# else
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
# else
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
not portable enough. */
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
struct mo_file_header
{
/* The magic number. */
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hashing table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hashing entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
};
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */

252
intl/gettextP.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gettext.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <byteswap.h>
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Module operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparision for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparision for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
const char *data;
int use_mmap;
size_t mmap_size;
int must_swap;
nls_uint32 nstrings;
struct string_desc *orig_tab;
struct string_desc *trans_tab;
nls_uint32 hash_size;
nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
int codeset_cntr;
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
char **conv_tab;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define ZERO 0
#else
# define ZERO 1
#endif
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
struct loaded_domain *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding))
internal_function;
void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
internal_function;
char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding,
const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
internal_function;
#ifdef _LIBC
extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n));
extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#else
extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid));
extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid, int __category));
extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category));
extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
#else
extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
internal_function;
extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

59
intl/hash-string.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
static inline unsigned long int
hash_string (str_param)
const char *str_param;
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

166
intl/intl-compat.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
configured --with-included-gettext.
This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
libgnuintl.h of the following form:
# define gettext gettext__
# define dgettext dgettext__
# define dcgettext dcgettext__
# define ngettext ngettext__
# define dngettext dngettext__
# define dcngettext dcngettext__
# define textdomain textdomain__
# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
functions defined in the executable always override functions in
the shared libraries.
B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
(namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
letting other shared libraries override it.
2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
*after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
command line. */
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
#undef ngettext
#undef dngettext
#undef dcngettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
char *
gettext (msgid)
const char *msgid;
{
return gettext__ (msgid);
}
char *
dgettext (domainname, msgid)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
{
return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
}
char *
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid;
int category;
{
return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
}
char *
ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
char *
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
const char *domainname;
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
int category;
{
return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
char *
textdomain (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
return textdomain__ (domainname);
}
char *
bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
const char *domainname;
const char *dirname;
{
return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
}
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
const char *domainname;
const char *codeset;
{
return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
}

405
intl/l10nflist.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# ifndef stpcpy
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
# endif
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
static size_t
argz_count__ (argz, len)
const char *argz;
size_t len;
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len + 1;
len -= part_len + 1;
count++;
}
return count;
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
static void
argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
char *argz;
size_t len;
int sep;
{
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len;
len -= part_len + 1;
if (len > 0)
*argz++ = sep;
}
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
const char *entry));
static char *
argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
char *argz;
size_t argz_len;
const char *entry;
{
if (entry)
{
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
}
else
if (argz_len > 0)
return argz;
else
return 0;
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
static inline int
pop (x)
int x;
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
return x;
}
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
const char *dirlist;
size_t dirlist_len;
int mask;
const char *language;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *modifier;
const char *special;
const char *sponsor;
const char *revision;
const char *filename;
int do_allocate;
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+ (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
|| (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = NULL;
last = NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
*cp++ = '/';
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
}
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
{
/* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
*cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '+';
cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
}
if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
{
*cp++ = ',';
if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
}
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
last = NULL;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It's not in the list. */
retval = NULL;
break;
}
last = retval;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
{
free (abs_filename);
return retval;
}
retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
* (1 << pop (mask))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
return NULL;
retval->filename = abs_filename;
retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
if (last == NULL)
{
retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
*l10nfile_list = retval;
}
else
{
retval->next = last->next;
last->next = retval;
}
entries = 0;
/* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
of the inner loop. */
cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
return retval;
}
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
const char *codeset;
size_t name_len;
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
if (retval != NULL)
{
if (only_digit)
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
else
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
}
return (const char *) retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (dest, src)
char *dest;
const char *src;
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

49
intl/libgettext.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
translation is needed. Instead the string itself is the result. */
#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

128
intl/libgnuintl.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition
warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
# define gettext gettext
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category));
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
int __category));
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname));
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset));
/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
#if defined __OPTIMIZED
/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
# define gettext(msgid) \
dgettext (NULL, msgid)
# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif /* Optimizing. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */

109
intl/loadinfo.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
#ifndef PARAMS
# if __STDC__
# define PARAMS(args) args
# else
# define PARAMS(args) ()
# endif
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
#else
/* Unix */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define CEN_REVISION 1
#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
#define XPG_CODESET 16
#define TERRITORY 32
#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
struct loaded_l10nfile
{
const char *filename;
int decided;
const void *data;
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
};
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
size_t name_len));
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset,
const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier, const char *special,
const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
const char *filename, int do_allocate));
extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
the caller. */
extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier,
const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset,
const char **special,
const char **sponsor,
const char **revision));
extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
#endif /* loadinfo.h */

567
intl/loadmsgcat.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
/* Load needed message catalogs.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <langinfo.h>
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
|| (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
# include <sys/mman.h>
# undef HAVE_MMAP
# define HAVE_MMAP 1
#else
# undef HAVE_MMAP
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define open __open
# define close __close
# define read __read
# define mmap __mmap
# define munmap __munmap
#endif
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
#else
# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#ifdef __BEOS__
/* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif
/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
with all translations. This is important if the translations are
cached by one of GCC's features. */
int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
static const struct expression plvar =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = var,
};
static const struct expression plone =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = num,
.val =
{
.num = 1
}
};
static struct expression germanic_plural =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
.val =
{
.args =
{
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
}
}
};
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
#else
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
Initialization at run-time. */
static struct expression plvar;
static struct expression plone;
static struct expression germanic_plural;
static void
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
plvar.nargs = 0;
plvar.operation = var;
plone.nargs = 0;
plone.operation = num;
plone.val.num = 1;
germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
}
}
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
#endif
/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
Return the header entry. */
const char *
internal_function
_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
/* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
char *nullentry;
size_t nullentrylen;
/* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
domain->codeset_cntr =
(domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
# endif
#endif
domain->conv_tab = NULL;
/* Get the header entry. */
nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
const char *charsetstr;
charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
if (charsetstr != NULL)
{
size_t len;
char *charset;
const char *outcharset;
charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
*((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
# else
memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
charset[len] = '\0';
# endif
/* The output charset should normally be determined by the
locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
this. Moreover, the value specified through
bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
else
{
outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
{
# ifdef _LIBC
outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
extern const char *locale_charset (void);
outcharset = locale_charset ();
# endif
# endif
}
}
# ifdef _LIBC
/* We always want to use transliteration. */
outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
!= __GCONV_OK)
domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
# else
# if HAVE_ICONV
/* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration. */
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
len = strlen (outcharset);
{
char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
outcharset = tmp;
}
# endif
domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
# if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
freea (outcharset);
# endif
# endif
# endif
freea (charset);
}
#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
}
return nullentry;
}
/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
void
internal_function
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
free (domain->conv_tab);
#ifdef _LIBC
if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
__gconv_close (domain->conv);
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
iconv_close (domain->conv);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
message catalog do nothing. */
void
internal_function
_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
struct binding *domainbinding;
{
int fd;
size_t size;
#ifdef _LIBC
struct stat64 st;
#else
struct stat st;
#endif
struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
int use_mmap = 0;
struct loaded_domain *domain;
const char *nullentry;
domain_file->decided = 1;
domain_file->data = NULL;
/* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
/* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
syntax. */
if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
return;
/* Try to open the addressed file. */
fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
if (fd == -1)
return;
/* We must know about the size of the file. */
if (
#ifdef _LIBC
__builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#else
__builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
#endif
|| __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
|| __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
{
/* Something went wrong. */
close (fd);
return;
}
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
/* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
{
/* mmap() call was successful. */
close (fd);
use_mmap = 1;
}
#endif
/* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
it manually. */
if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
{
size_t to_read;
char *read_ptr;
data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
if (data == NULL)
return;
to_read = size;
read_ptr = (char *) data;
do
{
long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
if (nb <= 0)
{
#ifdef EINTR
if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
continue;
#endif
close (fd);
return;
}
read_ptr += nb;
to_read -= nb;
}
while (to_read > 0);
close (fd);
}
/* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
catalog file. */
if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
0))
{
/* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
return;
}
domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
if (domain == NULL)
return;
domain_file->data = domain;
domain->data = (char *) data;
domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
domain->mmap_size = size;
domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
/* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
{
case 0:
domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
break;
default:
/* This is an invalid revision. */
#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
if (use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
else
#endif
free (data);
free (domain);
domain_file->data = NULL;
return;
}
/* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
specified character set or the locale's character set. */
nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
/* Also look for a plural specification. */
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
const char *plural;
const char *nplurals;
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
goto no_plural;
else
{
/* First get the number. */
char *endp;
unsigned long int n;
struct parse_args args;
nplurals += 9;
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
++nplurals;
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
#else
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
#endif
domain->nplurals = n;
if (nplurals == endp)
goto no_plural;
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
is passed down to the parser. */
plural += 7;
args.cp = plural;
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
goto no_plural;
domain->plural = args.res;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
no_plural:
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
domain->nplurals = 2;
}
}
#ifdef _LIBC
void
internal_function
_nl_unload_domain (domain)
struct loaded_domain *domain;
{
if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
__gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
_nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
if (domain->use_mmap)
munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
else
# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
free ((void *) domain->data);
free (domain);
}
#endif

271
intl/localcharset.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
# define WIN32
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
#if __STDC__ != 1
# define volatile /* empty */
#endif
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
read, else NULL. Its format is:
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases ()
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#ifndef WIN32
FILE *fp;
const char *dir = LIBDIR;
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
size_t l1, l2;
for (;;)
{
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else /* WIN32 */
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
}
return cp;
}
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset ()
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#ifndef WIN32
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
const char *locale = NULL;
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
# endif
#else /* WIN32 */
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
codeset = "";
/* Resolve alias. */
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
return codeset;
}

78
intl/locale.alias Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
# All entries are case independent.
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
# bugs@gnu.org.
# Packages using this file:
bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
thai th_TH.TIS-620
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

404
intl/localealias.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
# ifndef mempcpy
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
const char *value;
};
static char *string_space;
static size_t string_space_act;
static size_t string_space_max;
static struct alias_map *map;
static size_t nmap;
static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2));
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (name)
const char *name;
{
static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
#endif
do
{
struct alias_map item;
item.alias = name;
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
const void *))
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
if (retval != NULL)
{
result = retval->value;
break;
}
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
added = 0;
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
{
const char *start;
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
}
}
while (added != 0);
#ifdef _LIBC
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
#endif
return result;
}
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
const char *fname;
int fname_len;
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#else
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
added = 0;
while (!feof (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
*/
char buf[BUFSIZ];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
{
char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
do
if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
}
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
{
/* This has to be done to make the following test
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
*cp++ = '\0';
*cp = '\n';
}
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
return added;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
{
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
return added;
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
}
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
}
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
return added;
}
static int
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
return -1;
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
return 0;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
static void __attribute__ ((unused))
free_mem (void)
{
if (string_space != NULL)
free (string_space);
if (map != NULL)
free (map);
}
text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
#endif
static int
alias_compare (map1, map2)
const struct alias_map *map1;
const struct alias_map *map2;
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
#else
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
#endif
}

68
intl/ngettext.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include <locale.h>
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
const char *msgid1;
const char *msgid2;
unsigned long int n;
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
#endif

1326
intl/plural.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

413
intl/plural.y Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
%{
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
#pragma alloca
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
#endif
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
%}
%pure_parser
%expect 10
%union {
unsigned long int num;
enum operator op;
struct expression *exp;
}
%{
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
struct expression * const *args));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *right));
static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *left,
struct expression *right));
static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch,
struct expression *fbranch));
static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
/* Allocation of expressions. */
static struct expression *
new_exp (nargs, op, args)
int nargs;
enum operator op;
struct expression * const *args;
{
int i;
struct expression *newp;
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
if (args[i] == NULL)
goto fail;
/* Allocate a new expression. */
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
if (newp != NULL)
{
newp->nargs = nargs;
newp->operation = op;
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
return newp;
}
fail:
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
return NULL;
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_0 (op)
enum operator op;
{
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_1 (op, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[1];
args[0] = right;
return new_exp (1, op, args);
}
static struct expression *
new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
enum operator op;
struct expression *left;
struct expression *right;
{
struct expression *args[2];
args[0] = left;
args[1] = right;
return new_exp (2, op, args);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
enum operator op;
struct expression *bexp;
struct expression *tbranch;
struct expression *fbranch;
{
struct expression *args[3];
args[0] = bexp;
args[1] = tbranch;
args[2] = fbranch;
return new_exp (3, op, args);
}
%}
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
%right '?' /* ? */
%left '|' /* || */
%left '&' /* && */
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
%right '!' /* ! */
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
%token <num> NUMBER
%type <exp> exp
%%
start: exp
{
if ($1 == NULL)
YYABORT;
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
}
;
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
}
| exp '|' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
}
| exp '&' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
}
| exp EQUOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp CMPOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp ADDOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp MULOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| '!' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
}
| 'n'
{
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
}
| NUMBER
{
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
$$->val.num = $1;
}
| '(' exp ')'
{
$$ = $2;
}
;
%%
void
internal_function
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
struct expression *exp;
{
if (exp == NULL)
return;
/* Handle the recursive case. */
switch (exp->nargs)
{
case 3:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
break;
}
free (exp);
}
static int
yylex (lval, pexp)
YYSTYPE *lval;
const char **pexp;
{
const char *exp = *pexp;
int result;
while (1)
{
if (exp[0] == '\0')
{
*pexp = exp;
return YYEOF;
}
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
break;
++exp;
}
result = *exp++;
switch (result)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
{
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
{
n *= 10;
n += exp[0] - '0';
++exp;
}
lval->num = n;
result = NUMBER;
}
break;
case '=':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '!':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = not_equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
break;
case '&':
case '|':
if (exp[0] == result)
++exp;
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '<':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = less_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = less_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '>':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = greater_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '*':
lval->op = mult;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '/':
lval->op = divide;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '%':
lval->op = module;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '+':
lval->op = plus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case '-':
lval->op = minus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case 'n':
case '?':
case ':':
case '(':
case ')':
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
break;
case ';':
case '\n':
case '\0':
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
--exp;
result = YYEOF;
break;
default:
result = YYERRCODE;
#if YYDEBUG != 0
--exp;
#endif
break;
}
*pexp = exp;
return result;
}
static void
yyerror (str)
const char *str;
{
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
}

31
intl/ref-add.sin Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

26
intl/ref-del.sin Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

142
intl/textdomain.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
const char *domainname;
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
__libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
{
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
}
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
environment variable changed. */
new_domain = old_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_domain != NULL)
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
#endif
if (new_domain != NULL)
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
}
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
if (new_domain != NULL)
{
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
free (old_domain);
}
__libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
return new_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
#endif

15
lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $
noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c
libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h
EXTRA_DIST = README

338
lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.2.4.7 2001/02/11 11:50:09 guus Exp $
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
LN_S = @LN_S@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PERL = @PERL@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@ -I. -I$(top_builddir) -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
noinst_LIBRARIES = libvpn.a
libvpn_a_SOURCES = xmalloc.c pidfile.c utils.c getopt.c getopt1.c list.c avl_tree.c dropin.c
libvpn_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
noinst_HEADERS = xalloc.h pidfile.h utils.h getopt.h list.h avl_tree.h dropin.h
EXTRA_DIST = README
subdir = lib
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libvpn_a_AR = $(AR) cru
am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS = xmalloc.$(OBJEXT) pidfile.$(OBJEXT) \
utils.$(OBJEXT) getopt.$(OBJEXT) getopt1.$(OBJEXT) \
list.$(OBJEXT) avl_tree.$(OBJEXT) dropin.$(OBJEXT)
libvpn_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libvpn_a_OBJECTS)
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po $(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po $(DEPDIR)/list.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/utils.Po $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
DIST_SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES)
HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
DIST_COMMON = README $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c \
malloc.c memcmp.c realloc.c
SOURCES = $(libvpn_a_SOURCES)
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu lib/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && \
CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
AR = ar
clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libvpn.a: $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_DEPENDENCIES)
-rm -f libvpn.a
$(libvpn_a_AR) libvpn.a $(libvpn_a_OBJECTS) $(libvpn_a_LIBADD)
$(RANLIB) libvpn.a
mostlyclean-compile:
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
distclean-compile:
-rm -f *.tab.c
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/avl_tree.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/dropin.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/list.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/pidfile.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/utils.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po@am__quote@
distclean-depend:
-rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
.c.o:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
.c.obj:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<`
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique $(LISP)
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
|| etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags $$unique $(LISP)
GTAGS:
here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \
distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
clean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean distclean-compile \
distclean-depend distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
dvi-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-generic tags uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
lib/README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
The files in this directory were merely copied from fileutils 4.0.

494
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef emacs
# include "blockinput.h"
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
# if __STDC__
typedef void *pointer;
# else
typedef char *pointer;
# endif
# ifndef NULL
# define NULL 0
# endif
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
Callers below should use malloc. */
# ifndef emacs
# define malloc xmalloc
# endif
extern pointer malloc ();
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction ()
{
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
if (addr == NULL)
{ /* Initial entry. */
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
}
else
{
/* Second entry. */
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
else
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
}
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
pointer
alloca (size)
unsigned size;
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
/* Address of header. */
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

723
lib/avl_tree.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
/*
avl_tree.c -- avl_ tree and linked list convenience
Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli
2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
2000,2001 Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli <cosine@cosine.org>.
Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org> to use counts
instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate
the code. Mail me if you found a bug.
Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree
library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>.
$Id: avl_tree.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include "avl_tree.h"
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
#define AVL_NODE_COUNT(n) ((n) ? (n)->count : 0)
#define AVL_L_COUNT(n) (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->left))
#define AVL_R_COUNT(n) (AVL_NODE_COUNT((n)->right))
#define AVL_CALC_COUNT(n) (AVL_L_COUNT(n) + AVL_R_COUNT(n) + 1)
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
#define AVL_NODE_DEPTH(n) ((n) ? (n)->depth : 0)
#define L_AVL_DEPTH(n) (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->left))
#define R_AVL_DEPTH(n) (AVL_NODE_DEPTH((n)->right))
#define AVL_CALC_DEPTH(n) ((L_AVL_DEPTH(n)>R_AVL_DEPTH(n)?L_AVL_DEPTH(n):R_AVL_DEPTH(n)) + 1)
#endif
#ifndef AVL_DEPTH
int lg(unsigned int u)
{
int r = 1;
if (!u)
return 0;
if (u & 0xffff0000)
{
u >>= 16;
r += 16;
}
if (u & 0x0000ff00)
{
u >>= 8;
r += 8;
}
if (u & 0x000000f0)
{
u >>= 4;
r += 4;
}
if (u & 0x0000000c)
{
u >>= 2;
r += 2;
}
if (u & 0x00000002)
r++;
return r;
}
#endif
/* Internal helper functions */
int avl_check_balance(avl_node_t *node)
{
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
int d;
d = R_AVL_DEPTH(node) - L_AVL_DEPTH(node);
return d < -1 ? -1 : d > 1 ? 1 : 0;
#else
/* int d;
* d = lg(AVL_R_COUNT(node)) - lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node));
* d = d<-1?-1:d>1?1:0;
*/
int pl, r;
pl = lg(AVL_L_COUNT(node));
r = AVL_R_COUNT(node);
if (r >> pl + 1)
return 1;
if (pl < 2 || r >> pl - 2)
return 0;
return -1;
#endif
}
void avl_rebalance(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
avl_node_t *child;
avl_node_t *gchild;
avl_node_t *parent;
avl_node_t **superparent;
parent = node;
while (node)
{
parent = node->parent;
superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root;
switch (avl_check_balance(node))
{
case -1:
child = node->left;
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
if(L_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= R_AVL_DEPTH(child)) {
#else
if (AVL_L_COUNT(child) >= AVL_R_COUNT(child))
{
#endif
node->left = child->right;
if (node->left)
node->left->parent = node;
child->right = node;
node->parent = child;
*superparent = child;
child->parent = parent;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
#endif
} else
{
gchild = child->right;
node->left = gchild->right;
if (node->left)
node->left->parent = node;
child->right = gchild->left;
if (child->right)
child->right->parent = child;
gchild->right = node;
if (gchild->right)
gchild->right->parent = gchild;
gchild->left = child;
if (gchild->left)
gchild->left->parent = gchild;
*superparent = gchild;
gchild->parent = parent;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild);
#endif
}
break;
case 1:
child = node->right;
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
if(R_AVL_DEPTH(child) >= L_AVL_DEPTH(child)) {
#else
if (AVL_R_COUNT(child) >= AVL_L_COUNT(child))
{
#endif
node->right = child->left;
if (node->right)
node->right->parent = node;
child->left = node;
node->parent = child;
*superparent = child;
child->parent = parent;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
#endif
} else
{
gchild = child->left;
node->right = gchild->left;
if (node->right)
node->right->parent = node;
child->left = gchild->right;
if (child->left)
child->left->parent = child;
gchild->left = node;
if (gchild->left)
gchild->left->parent = gchild;
gchild->right = child;
if (gchild->right)
gchild->right->parent = gchild;
*superparent = gchild;
gchild->parent = parent;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
child->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(child);
gchild->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(gchild);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
child->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(child);
gchild->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(gchild);
#endif
}
break;
default:
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = AVL_CALC_COUNT(node);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = AVL_CALC_DEPTH(node);
#endif
}
node = parent;
}
}
/* (De)constructors */
avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t compare, avl_action_t delete)
{
avl_tree_t *tree;
tree = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_tree_t));
tree->compare = compare;
tree->delete = delete;
return tree;
}
void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *tree)
{
free(tree);
}
avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(avl_node_t));
return node;
}
void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
if(node->data && tree->delete)
tree->delete(node->data);
free(node);
}
/* Searching */
void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
return node?node->data:NULL;
}
void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, result);
return node?node->data:NULL;
}
void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_closest_smaller_node(tree, data);
return node?node->data:NULL;
}
void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_closest_greater_node(tree, data);
return node?node->data:NULL;
}
avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
int result;
node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
return result?NULL:node;
}
avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data, int *result)
{
avl_node_t *node;
int c;
node = tree->root;
if (!node)
{
if(result)
*result = 0;
return NULL;
}
for (;;)
{
c = tree->compare(data, node->data);
if (c < 0)
{
if (node->left)
node = node->left;
else
{
if(result)
*result = -1;
break;
}
}
else if (c > 0)
{
if (node->right)
node = node->right;
else
{
if(result)
*result = 1;
break;
}
}
else
{
if(result)
*result = 0;
break;
}
}
return node;
}
avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
int result;
node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
if(result < 0)
node = node->prev;
return node;
}
avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, const void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
int result;
node = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
if(result > 0)
node = node->next;
return node;
}
/* Insertion and deletion */
avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
{
avl_node_t *closest, *new;
int result;
if (!tree->root)
{
new = avl_alloc_node();
new->data = data;
avl_insert_top(tree, new);
}
else
{
closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, data, &result);
switch(result)
{
case -1:
new = avl_alloc_node();
new->data = data;
avl_insert_before(tree, closest, new);
break;
case 1:
new = avl_alloc_node();
new->data = data;
avl_insert_after(tree, closest, new);
break;
default:
return NULL;
}
}
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
new->count = 1;
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
new->depth = 1;
#endif
return new;
}
avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
avl_node_t *closest;
int result;
if (!tree->root)
avl_insert_top(tree, node);
else
{
closest = avl_search_closest_node(tree, node->data, &result);
switch(result)
{
case -1:
avl_insert_before(tree, closest, node);
break;
case 1:
avl_insert_after(tree, closest, node);
break;
case 0:
return NULL;
}
}
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = 1;
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = 1;
#endif
return node;
}
void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
node->prev = node->next = node->parent = NULL;
tree->head = tree->tail = tree->root = node;
}
void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *before, avl_node_t *node)
{
if (!before)
return tree->tail ? avl_insert_after(tree, tree->tail, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node);
node->next = before;
node->parent = before;
node->prev = before->prev;
if(before->left)
return avl_insert_after(tree, before->prev, node);
if (before->prev)
before->prev->next = node;
else
tree->head = node;
before->prev = node;
before->left = node;
avl_rebalance(tree, before->parent);
}
void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *after, avl_node_t *node)
{
if (!after)
return tree->head ? avl_insert_before(tree, tree->head, node) : avl_insert_top(tree, node);
if(after->right)
return avl_insert_before(tree, after->next, node);
node->prev = after;
node->parent = after;
node->next = after->next;
if (after->next)
after->next->prev = node;
else
tree->tail = node;
after->next = node;
after->right = node;
avl_rebalance(tree, after->parent);
}
avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
if(node)
avl_unlink_node(tree, node);
return node;
}
void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
avl_node_t *parent;
avl_node_t **superparent;
avl_node_t *subst, *left, *right;
avl_node_t *balnode;
if (node->prev)
node->prev->next = node->next;
else
tree->head = node->next;
if (node->next)
node->next->prev = node->prev;
else
tree->tail = node->prev;
parent = node->parent;
superparent = parent ? node == parent->left ? &parent->left : &parent->right : &tree->root;
left = node->left;
right = node->right;
if (!left)
{
*superparent = right;
if (right)
right->parent = parent;
balnode = parent;
} else if (!right)
{
*superparent = left;
left->parent = parent;
balnode = parent;
} else
{
subst = node->prev;
if (subst == left)
{
balnode = subst;
} else
{
balnode = subst->parent;
balnode->right = subst->left;
if (balnode->right)
balnode->right->parent = balnode;
subst->left = left;
left->parent = subst;
}
subst->right = right;
subst->parent = parent;
right->parent = subst;
*superparent = subst;
}
avl_rebalance(tree, balnode);
node->next = node->prev = node->parent = node->left = node->right = NULL;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
node->count = 0;
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
node->depth = 0;
#endif
}
void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *node)
{
avl_unlink_node(tree, node);
avl_free_node(tree, node);
}
void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *tree, void *data)
{
avl_node_t *node;
node = avl_search_node(tree, data);
if (node)
avl_delete_node(tree, node);
}
/* Fast tree cleanup */
void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *tree)
{
avl_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = tree->root; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
avl_free_node(tree, node);
}
avl_free_tree(tree);
}
/* Tree walking */
void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action)
{
avl_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = tree->head; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
action(node->data);
}
}
void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_action_t action)
{
avl_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = tree->head; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
action(node);
}
}
/* Indexing */
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *tree)
{
return AVL_NODE_COUNT(tree->root);
}
avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *tree, unsigned int index)
{
avl_node_t *node;
unsigned int c;
node = tree->root;
while (node)
{
c = AVL_L_COUNT(node);
if (index < c)
{
node = node->left;
} else if (index > c)
{
node = node->right;
index -= c + 1;
} else
{
return node;
}
}
return NULL;
}
unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *node)
{
avl_node_t *next;
unsigned int index;
index = AVL_L_COUNT(node);
while ((next = node->parent))
{
if (node == next->right)
index += AVL_L_COUNT(next) + 1;
node = next;
}
return index;
}
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *tree)
{
return AVL_NODE_DEPTH(tree->root);
}
#endif

145
lib/avl_tree.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
/*
avl_tree.h -- header file for avl_tree.c
Copyright (C) 1998 Michael H. Buselli
2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
2000,2001 Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
Original AVL tree library by Michael H. Buselli <cosine@cosine.org>.
Modified 2000-11-28 by Wessel Dankers <wsl@nl.linux.org> to use counts
instead of depths, to add the ->next and ->prev and to generally obfuscate
the code. Mail me if you found a bug.
Cleaned up and incorporated some of the ideas from the red-black tree
library for inclusion into tinc (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) by
Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>.
$Id: avl_tree.h,v 1.1.2.4 2001/02/06 10:13:22 guus Exp $
*/
#ifndef __AVL_TREE_H__
#define __AVL_TREE_H__
#ifndef AVL_DEPTH
#ifndef AVL_COUNT
#define AVL_DEPTH
#endif
#endif
typedef struct avl_node_t {
/* Linked list part */
struct avl_node_t *next;
struct avl_node_t *prev;
/* Tree part */
struct avl_node_t *parent;
struct avl_node_t *left;
struct avl_node_t *right;
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
unsigned int count;
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
unsigned char depth;
#endif
/* Payload */
void *data;
} avl_node_t;
typedef int (*avl_compare_t) (const void *, const void *);
typedef void (*avl_action_t) (const void *);
typedef void (*avl_action_node_t) (const avl_node_t *);
typedef struct avl_tree_t {
/* Linked list part */
avl_node_t *head;
avl_node_t *tail;
/* Tree part */
avl_node_t *root;
avl_compare_t compare;
avl_action_t delete;
} avl_tree_t;
/* (De)constructors */
extern avl_tree_t *avl_alloc_tree(avl_compare_t, avl_action_t);
extern void avl_free_tree(avl_tree_t *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_alloc_node(void);
extern void avl_free_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *);
/* Insertion and deletion */
extern avl_node_t *avl_insert(avl_tree_t *, void *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_insert_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
extern void avl_insert_top(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
extern void avl_insert_before(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *);
extern void avl_insert_after(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *, avl_node_t *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_unlink(avl_tree_t *, void *);
extern void avl_unlink_node(avl_tree_t *tree, avl_node_t *);
extern void avl_delete(avl_tree_t *, void *);
extern void avl_delete_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_node_t *);
/* Fast tree cleanup */
extern void avl_delete_tree(avl_tree_t *);
/* Searching */
extern void *avl_search(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
extern void *avl_search_closest(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *);
extern void *avl_search_closest_smaller(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
extern void *avl_search_closest_greater(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_search_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *, int *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_smaller_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_search_closest_greater_node(const avl_tree_t *, const void *);
/* Tree walking */
extern void avl_foreach(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t);
extern void avl_foreach_node(avl_tree_t *, avl_action_t);
/* Indexing */
#ifdef AVL_COUNT
extern unsigned int avl_count(avl_tree_t *);
extern avl_node_t *avl_get_node(const avl_tree_t *, unsigned int);
extern unsigned int avl_index(const avl_node_t *);
#endif
#ifdef AVL_DEPTH
extern unsigned int avl_depth(avl_tree_t *);
#endif
#endif /* __AVL_TREE_H__ */

171
lib/dropin.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
dropin.c -- a set of drop-in replacements for libc functions
Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
$Id: dropin.c,v 1.1.2.8 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <system.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
/*
Replacement for the daemon() function.
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves
from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system
daemons.
Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes the
current working directory to the root (``/'').
Unless the argument noclose is non-zero, daemon() will redirect
standard input, standard output and standard error to /dev/null.
*/
int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose)
{
pid_t pid;
int fd;
pid = fork();
/* Check if forking failed */
if(pid < 0)
{
perror("fork");
exit(-1);
}
/* If we are the parent, terminate */
if(pid)
exit(0);
/* Detach by becoming the new process group leader */
if(setsid() < 0)
{
perror("setsid");
return -1;
}
/* Change working directory to the root (to avoid keeping mount
points busy) */
if(!nochdir)
{
chdir("/");
}
/* Redirect stdin/out/err to /dev/null */
if(!noclose)
{
fd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
if(fd < 0)
{
perror("opening /dev/null");
return -1;
}
else
{
dup2(fd, 0);
dup2(fd, 1);
dup2(fd, 2);
}
}
return 0;
}
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
/*
Replacement for the GNU get_current_dir_name function:
get_current_dir_name will malloc(3) an array big enough to hold the
current directory name. If the environment variable PWD is set, and
its value is correct, then that value will be returned.
*/
char *get_current_dir_name(void)
{
size_t size;
char *buf;
char *r;
/* Start with 100 bytes. If this turns out to be insufficient to
contain the working directory, double the size. */
size = 100;
buf = xmalloc(size);
errno = 0; /* Success */
r = getcwd(buf, size);
/* getcwd returns NULL and sets errno to ERANGE if the bufferspace
is insufficient to contain the entire working directory. */
while(r == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
{
free(buf);
size <<= 1; /* double the size */
buf = xmalloc(size);
r = getcwd(buf, size);
}
return buf;
}
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
int asprintf(char **buf, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int status;
va_list ap;
int len;
len = 4096;
*buf = xmalloc(len);
va_start(ap, fmt);
status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap);
va_end (ap);
if(status >= 0)
*buf = xrealloc(*buf, status);
if(status > len-1)
{
len = status;
va_start(ap, fmt);
status = vsnprintf (*buf, len, fmt, ap);
va_end (ap);
}
return status;
}
#endif

38
lib/dropin.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
dropin.h -- header file for dropin.c
Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
$Id: dropin.h,v 1.1.2.6 2002/02/10 21:57:51 guus Exp $
*/
#ifndef __DROPIN_H__
#define __DROPIN_H__
#ifndef HAVE_DAEMON
extern int daemon(int, int);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
extern char* get_current_dir_name(void);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_ASPRINTF
extern int asprintf(char **, const char *, ...);
#endif
#endif /* __DROPIN_H__ */

1053
lib/getopt.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

133
lib/getopt.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#define _GETOPT_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
const char *name;
#else
char *name;
#endif
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
#define no_argument 0
#define required_argument 1
#define optional_argument 2
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt ();
#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
const char *shortopts,
const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
int long_only);
#else /* not __STDC__ */
extern int getopt ();
extern int getopt_long ();
extern int getopt_long_only ();
extern int _getopt_internal ();
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _GETOPT_H */

189
lib/getopt1.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
#include <gnu-versions.h>
#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
#define ELIDE_CODE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
}
#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

197
lib/list.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
/*
list.c -- functions to deal with double linked lists
Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
$Id: list.c,v 1.1.2.10 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <system.h>
#include "list.h"
/* (De)constructors */
list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t delete)
{
list_t *list;
list = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_t));
list->delete = delete;
return list;
}
void list_free(list_t *list)
{
free(list);
}
list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void)
{
list_node_t *node;
node = xmalloc_and_zero(sizeof(list_node_t));
return node;
}
void list_free_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
{
if(node->data && list->delete)
list->delete(node->data);
free(node);
}
/* Insertion and deletion */
list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *list, void *data)
{
list_node_t *node;
node = list_alloc_node();
node->data = data;
node->prev = NULL;
node->next = list->head;
list->head = node;
if(node->next)
node->next->prev = node;
else
list->tail = node;
list->count++;
return node;
}
list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *list, void *data)
{
list_node_t *node;
node = list_alloc_node();
node->data = data;
node->next = NULL;
node->prev = list->tail;
list->tail = node;
if(node->prev)
node->prev->next = node;
else
list->head = node;
list->count++;
return node;
}
void list_unlink_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
{
if(node->prev)
node->prev->next = node->next;
else
list->head = node->next;
if(node->next)
node->next->prev = node->prev;
else
list->tail = node->prev;
list->count--;
}
void list_delete_node(list_t *list, list_node_t *node)
{
list_unlink_node(list, node);
list_free_node(list, node);
}
void list_delete_head(list_t *list)
{
list_delete_node(list, list->head);
}
void list_delete_tail(list_t *list)
{
list_delete_node(list, list->tail);
}
/* Head/tail lookup */
void *list_get_head(list_t *list)
{
if(list->head)
return list->head->data;
else
return NULL;
}
void *list_get_tail(list_t *list)
{
if(list->tail)
return list->tail->data;
else
return NULL;
}
/* Fast list deletion */
void list_delete_list(list_t *list)
{
list_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
list_free_node(list, node);
}
list_free(list);
}
/* Traversing */
void list_foreach_node(list_t *list, list_action_node_t action)
{
list_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
action(node);
}
}
void list_foreach(list_t *list, list_action_t action)
{
list_node_t *node, *next;
for(node = list->head; node; node = next)
{
next = node->next;
if(node->data)
action(node->data);
}
}

82
lib/list.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
list.h -- header file for list.c
Copyright (C) 2000,2001 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
$Id: list.h,v 1.1.2.5 2002/03/27 15:01:16 guus Exp $
*/
#ifndef __TINC_LIST_H__
#define __TINC_LIST_H__
typedef struct list_node_t
{
struct list_node_t *prev;
struct list_node_t *next;
/* Payload */
void *data;
} list_node_t;
typedef void (*list_action_t) (const void *);
typedef void (*list_action_node_t) (const list_node_t *);
typedef struct list_t
{
list_node_t *head;
list_node_t *tail;
int count;
/* Callbacks */
list_action_t delete;
} list_t;
/* (De)constructors */
extern list_t *list_alloc(list_action_t);
extern void list_free(list_t *);
extern list_node_t *list_alloc_node(void);
extern void list_free_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
/* Insertion and deletion */
extern list_node_t *list_insert_head(list_t *, void *);
extern list_node_t *list_insert_tail(list_t *, void *);
extern void list_unlink_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
extern void list_delete_node(list_t *, list_node_t *);
extern void list_delete_head(list_t *);
extern void list_delete_tail(list_t *);
/* Head/tail lookup */
extern void *list_get_head(list_t *);
extern void *list_get_tail(list_t *);
/* Fast list deletion */
extern void list_delete_list(list_t *);
/* Traversing */
extern void list_foreach(list_t *, list_action_t);
extern void list_foreach_node(list_t *, list_action_node_t);
#endif /* __TINC_LIST_H__ */

39
lib/malloc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef malloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
char *
rpl_malloc (n)
size_t n;
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
return malloc (n);
}

391
lib/memcmp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
#undef __ptr_t
#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define __ptr_t void *
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
# undef const
# define const
# define __ptr_t char *
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
#ifndef __P
# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define __P(args) args
# else
# define __P(args) ()
# endif /* GCC. */
#endif /* Not __P. */
#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
#endif
#undef memcmp
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <memcopy.h>
#else /* Not in the GNU C library. */
# include <sys/types.h>
/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
and store. Must be an unsigned type. */
# define op_t unsigned long int
# define OPSIZ (sizeof(op_t))
/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops. */
# define OP_T_THRES 16
/* Type to use for unaligned operations. */
typedef unsigned char byte;
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
# else
# define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
# endif
#endif /* In the GNU C library. */
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
#else
# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
#endif
/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE! */
/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
block after the initial byte operations. The maximum number of
full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
3. Compare the few remaining bytes. */
#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
A and B are known to be different.
This is needed only on little-endian machines. */
static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
# ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
# endif
static int
memcmp_bytes (a, b)
op_t a, b;
{
long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
op_t a0, b0;
do
{
a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += 1;
srcp2 += 1;
}
while (a0 == b0);
return a0 - b0;
}
#endif
static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
objects (not LEN bytes!). Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
memory operations on `op_t's. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#endif
static int
memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
long int srcp1;
long int srcp2;
size_t len;
{
op_t a0, a1;
op_t b0, b1;
switch (len % 4)
{
default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables. */
case 2:
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
len += 2;
goto do1;
case 3:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
len += 1;
goto do2;
case 0:
if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
return 0;
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
goto do3;
case 1:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += OPSIZ;
srcp2 += OPSIZ;
len -= 1;
if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
goto do0;
/* Fall through. */
}
do
{
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
if (a1 != b1)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
do3:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
if (a0 != b0)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
do2:
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
if (a1 != b1)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
do1:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
if (a0 != b0)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
len -= 4;
}
while (len != 0);
/* This is the right position for do0. Please don't move
it into the loop. */
do0:
if (a1 != b1)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
return 0;
}
static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
`op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!). SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#endif
static int
memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len)
long int srcp1;
long int srcp2;
size_t len;
{
op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
op_t x;
int shl, shr;
/* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison. */
shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
/* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
it points in the middle of. */
srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
switch (len % 4)
{
default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables. */
case 2:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
len += 2;
goto do1;
case 3:
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
len += 1;
goto do2;
case 0:
if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
return 0;
a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
goto do3;
case 1:
a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
len -= 1;
if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
goto do0;
/* Fall through. */
}
do
{
a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
if (x != b3)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
do3:
a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
if (x != b0)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
do2:
a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
if (x != b1)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
do1:
a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
if (x != b2)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
len -= 4;
}
while (len != 0);
/* This is the right position for do0. Please don't move
it into the loop. */
do0:
x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
if (x != b3)
return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
return 0;
}
int
rpl_memcmp (s1, s2, len)
const __ptr_t s1;
const __ptr_t s2;
size_t len;
{
op_t a0;
op_t b0;
long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
op_t res;
if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
{
/* There are at least some bytes to compare. No need to test
for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop. */
while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
{
a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += 1;
srcp2 += 1;
res = a0 - b0;
if (res != 0)
return res;
len -= 1;
}
/* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
aligned compare or need to shuffle bits. */
if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
else
res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
if (res != 0)
return res;
/* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1]. */
srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
len %= OPSIZ;
}
/* There are just a few bytes to compare. Use byte memory operations. */
while (len != 0)
{
a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
srcp1 += 1;
srcp2 += 1;
res = a0 - b0;
if (res != 0)
return res;
len -= 1;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
# undef bcmp
weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
#endif

138
lib/pidfile.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
pidfile.c - interact with pidfiles
Copyright (c) 1995 Martin Schulze <Martin.Schulze@Linux.DE>
This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA
*/
/* left unaltered for tinc -- Ivo Timmermans */
/*
* Sat Aug 19 13:24:33 MET DST 1995: Martin Schulze
* First version (v0.2) released
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/file.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
/* read_pid
*
* Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid.
* 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty
* or no pid can be read.
*/
int read_pid (char *pidfile)
{
FILE *f;
int pid;
if (!(f=fopen(pidfile,"r")))
return 0;
fscanf(f,"%d", &pid);
fclose(f);
return pid;
}
/* check_pid
*
* Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process
* table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If
* so 1 is returned, otherwise 0.
*/
int check_pid (char *pidfile)
{
int pid = read_pid(pidfile);
/* Amazing ! _I_ am already holding the pid file... */
if ((!pid) || (pid == getpid ()))
return 0;
/*
* The 'standard' method of doing this is to try and do a 'fake' kill
* of the process. If an ESRCH error is returned the process cannot
* be found -- GW
*/
/* But... errno is usually changed only on error.. */
errno = 0;
if (kill(pid, 0) && errno == ESRCH)
return(0);
return pid;
}
/* write_pid
*
* Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is
* returned, otherwise the pid.
*/
int write_pid (char *pidfile)
{
FILE *f;
int fd;
int pid;
if ( ((fd = open(pidfile, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644)) == -1)
|| ((f = fdopen(fd, "r+")) == NULL) ) {
fprintf(stderr, "Can't open or create %s.\n", pidfile);
return 0;
}
#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK
if (flock(fd, LOCK_EX|LOCK_NB) == -1) {
fscanf(f, "%d", &pid);
fclose(f);
printf("Can't lock, lock is held by pid %d.\n", pid);
return 0;
}
#endif
pid = getpid();
if (!fprintf(f,"%d\n", pid)) {
printf("Can't write pid , %s.\n", strerror(errno));
close(fd);
return 0;
}
fflush(f);
#ifdef HAVE_FLOCK
if (flock(fd, LOCK_UN) == -1) {
printf("Can't unlock pidfile %s, %s.\n", pidfile, strerror(errno));
close(fd);
return 0;
}
#endif
close(fd);
return pid;
}
/* remove_pid
*
* Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2)
* is returned
*/
int remove_pid (char *pidfile)
{
return unlink (pidfile);
}

50
lib/pidfile.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/*
pidfile.h - interact with pidfiles
Copyright (c) 1995 Martin Schulze <Martin.Schulze@Linux.DE>
This file is part of the sysklogd package, a kernel and system log daemon.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
*/
/* read_pid
*
* Reads the specified pidfile and returns the read pid.
* 0 is returned if either there's no pidfile, it's empty
* or no pid can be read.
*/
int read_pid (char *pidfile);
/* check_pid
*
* Reads the pid using read_pid and looks up the pid in the process
* table (using /proc) to determine if the process already exists. If
* so 1 is returned, otherwise 0.
*/
int check_pid (char *pidfile);
/* write_pid
*
* Writes the pid to the specified file. If that fails 0 is
* returned, otherwise the pid.
*/
int write_pid (char *pidfile);
/* remove_pid
*
* Remove the the specified file. The result from unlink(2)
* is returned
*/
int remove_pid (char *pidfile);

44
lib/realloc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef realloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
char *realloc ();
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL,
use malloc. */
char *
rpl_realloc (p, n)
char *p;
size_t n;
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
if (p == 0)
return malloc (n);
return realloc (p, n);
}

87
lib/utils.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
utils.c -- gathering of some stupid small functions
Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans <zarq@iname.com>
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "config.h"
#include <utils.h>
#include <syslog.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
volatile int (cp_line[]) = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
volatile char (*cp_file[]) = {"?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?", "?"};
volatile int cp_index = 0;
#endif
char *hexadecimals = "0123456789ABCDEF";
int charhex2bin(char c)
{
if(isdigit(c))
return c - '0';
else
return toupper(c) - 'A' + 10;
}
void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length)
{
int i;
for(i=0; i<length; i++)
dst[i] = charhex2bin(src[i*2])*16 + charhex2bin(src[i*2+1]);
}
void bin2hex(char *src, char *dst, int length)
{
int i;
for(i=length-1; i>=0; i--)
{
dst[i*2+1] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i] & 15];
dst[i*2] = hexadecimals[(unsigned char)src[i]>>4];
}
}
#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
void cp_trace()
{
syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "Checkpoint trace: %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d <- %s:%d...",
cp_file[(cp_index+15)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+15)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+14)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+14)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+13)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+13)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+12)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+12)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+11)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+11)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+10)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+10)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+9)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+9)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+8)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+8)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+7)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+7)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+6)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+6)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+5)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+5)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+4)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+4)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+3)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+3)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+2)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+2)%16],
cp_file[(cp_index+1)%16], cp_line[(cp_index+1)%16],
cp_file[cp_index], cp_line[cp_index]
);
}
#endif

57
lib/utils.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
utils.h -- header file for utils.c
Copyright (C) 1999-2001 Ivo Timmermans <zarq@iname.com>
2000,2001 Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*/
#ifndef __TINC_UTILS_H__
#define __TINC_UTILS_H__
#include <ctype.h>
enum {
DEBUG_NOTHING = 0, /* Quiet mode, only show starting/stopping of the daemon */
DEBUG_CONNECTIONS = 1, /* Show (dis)connects of other tinc daemons via TCP */
DEBUG_ERROR = 2, /* Show error messages received from other hosts */
DEBUG_STATUS = 2, /* Show status messages received from other hosts */
DEBUG_PROTOCOL = 3, /* Show the requests that are sent/received */
DEBUG_META = 4, /* Show contents of every request that is sent/received */
DEBUG_TRAFFIC = 5, /* Show network traffic information */
DEBUG_PACKET = 6, /* Show contents of each packet that is being sent/received */
DEBUG_SCARY_THINGS = 10 /* You have been warned */
};
#define min(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b))
#ifdef ENABLE_TRACING
extern volatile int cp_line[];
extern volatile char *cp_file[];
extern volatile int cp_index;
extern void cp_trace(void);
#define cp { cp_line[cp_index] = __LINE__; cp_file[cp_index] = __FILE__; cp_index++; cp_index %= 16; }
#define ecp { fprintf(stderr, "Explicit checkpoint in %s line %d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); }
#else
#define cp
#define ecp
#define cp_trace()
#endif
extern void hex2bin(char *src, char *dst, int length);
extern void bin2hex(char *src, char *dst, int length);
#endif /* __TINC_UTILS_H__ */

26
lib/xalloc.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
The caller may set it to some other value. */
extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
/* FIXME: describe */
extern char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted;
/* FIXME: describe */
extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
void *xmalloc_and_zero PARAMS ((size_t n));
void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *s));

156
lib/xmalloc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
void *calloc ();
void *malloc ();
void *realloc ();
void free ();
#endif
#if ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
#else
# define textdomain(Domain)
# define _(Text) Text
#endif
#define N_(Text) Text
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
/* Prototypes for functions defined here. */
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
void *xmalloc (size_t n);
void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t n);
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
#error you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc -- see realloc.m4
#endif
/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
The caller may set it to some other value. */
int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
/* FIXME: describe */
char *const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted = N_("Memory exhausted");
/* FIXME: describe */
void (*xalloc_fail_func) (int) = 0;
static void
xalloc_fail (int size)
{
if (xalloc_fail_func)
(*xalloc_fail_func) (size);
fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted);
exit(xalloc_exit_failure);
}
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
void *
xmalloc (n)
size_t n;
{
void *p;
p = malloc (n);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_fail ((int)n);
return p;
}
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, and set it all to zero. */
void *
xmalloc_and_zero (n)
size_t n;
{
void *p;
p = malloc (n);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_fail ((int)n);
memset (p, '\0', n);
return p;
}
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking.
If P is NULL, run xmalloc. */
void *
xrealloc (p, n)
void *p;
size_t n;
{
p = realloc (p, n);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_fail (n);
return p;
}
/* Duplicate a string */
char *xstrdup(const char *s)
{
char *p;
p = strdup(s);
if(!p)
xalloc_fail ((int)strlen(s));
return p;
}
#ifdef NOT_USED
/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */
void *
xcalloc (n, s)
size_t n, s;
{
void *p;
p = calloc (n, s);
if (p == 0)
xalloc_fail ();
return p;
}
#endif /* NOT_USED */

19
m4/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
##m4-files-begin
EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \
perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4
##m4-files-end
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
|fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@

16
m4/Makefile.am.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
##m4-files-begin
##m4-files-end
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
|fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@

232
m4/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
LN_S = @LN_S@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PERL = @PERL@
POFILES = @POFILES@
POSUB = @POSUB@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in aclocal-include.m4 malloc.m4 openssl.m4 \
perl.m4 realloc.m4 tuntap.m4 zlib.m4
subdir = m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu m4/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && \
CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
( echo EXTRA_DIST = README Makefile.am.in; \
find . -type f -name '*.m4' -print |sed 's,^\./,,' |sort ) \
|fmt | (tr '\012' @; echo) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

8
m4/README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
package). aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
used by autoconf to create the configure script at the the top level in
this distribution.
The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated
from the template file, Makefile.am.in. The generation will fail
if you don't have all the right tools.

14
m4/aclocal-include.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# aclocal-include.m4
#
# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories
# that `aclocal' searches for macros.
# serial 1
dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir)
AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE],
[
test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done
])

44
m4/malloc.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
#serial 1
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether malloc accepts 0 as its argument.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
dnl /* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
dnl #undef malloc
dnl
AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_MALLOC,
[
if test x = y; then
dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK)
fi
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken malloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working malloc], jm_cv_func_working_malloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *malloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (malloc (0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume malloc is broken.
jm_cv_func_working_malloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_malloc = no; then
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.o"
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(malloc, rpl_malloc)
fi
])

49
m4/openssl.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
dnl Check to find the OpenSSL headers/libraries
AC_DEFUN(tinc_OPENSSL,
[
tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-include,
[ --with-openssl-include=DIR OpenSSL headers directory (without trailing /openssl)],
[openssl_include="$withval"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$withval"]
)
AC_ARG_WITH(openssl-lib,
[ --with-openssl-lib=DIR OpenSSL library directory],
[openssl_lib="$withval"
LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval"]
)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(openssl/evp.h openssl/rsa.h openssl/rand.h openssl/err.h openssl/sha.h openssl/pem.h,
[],
[AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL header files not found."); break]
)
CPPFLAGS="$tinc_ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_LIB(crypto, SHA1_version,
[LIBS="$LIBS -lcrypto"],
[AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL libraries not found.")]
)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(RAND_pseudo_bytes)
AC_CHECK_FUNC(OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms,
[],
AC_CHECK_FUNC(SSLeay_add_all_algorithms,
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS)],
[AC_MSG_ERROR("Missing required OpenSSL functionality!")]
)
)
AC_CHECK_FUNC(dlopen,
[],
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen,
[LIBS="$LIBS -ldl"],
[AC_MSG_ERROR("OpenSSL depends on libdl.")]
)
)
])

39
m4/perl.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
#serial 1
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Find a new-enough version of Perl.
dnl
AC_DEFUN(jm_PERL,
[
dnl FIXME: don't hard-code 5.003
dnl FIXME: should we cache the result?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for perl5.003 or newer])
if test "${PERL+set}" = set; then
# `PERL' is set in the user's environment.
candidate_perl_names="$PERL"
perl_specified=yes
else
candidate_perl_names='perl perl5'
perl_specified=no
fi
found=no
AC_SUBST(PERL)
PERL="$missing_dir/missing perl"
for perl in $candidate_perl_names; do
# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
if ( $perl -e 'require 5.003' ) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
PERL=$perl
found=yes
break
fi
done
AC_MSG_RESULT($found)
test $found = no && AC_MSG_WARN([
*** You don't seem to have perl5.003 or newer installed.
*** Because of that, you may be unable to regenerate certain files
*** if you modify the sources from which they are derived.] )
])

44
m4/realloc.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
#serial 1
dnl From Jim Meyering.
dnl Determine whether realloc works when both arguments are 0.
dnl If it doesn't, arrange to use the replacement function.
dnl
dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
dnl /* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
dnl #undef realloc
dnl
AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_REALLOC,
[
if test x = y; then
dnl This code is deliberately never run via ./configure.
dnl FIXME: this is a gross hack to make autoheader put an entry
dnl for this symbol in config.h.in.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK)
fi
dnl xmalloc.c requires that this symbol be defined so it doesn't
dnl mistakenly use a broken realloc -- as it might if this test were omitted.
ac_kludge=HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($ac_kludge)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working realloc], jm_cv_func_working_realloc,
[AC_TRY_RUN([
char *realloc ();
int
main ()
{
exit (realloc (0, 0) ? 0 : 1);
}
],
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=yes,
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no,
dnl When crosscompiling, assume realloc is broken.
jm_cv_func_working_realloc=no)
])
if test $jm_cv_func_working_realloc = no; then
LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS realloc.o"
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(realloc, rpl_realloc)
fi
])

39
m4/tuntap.m4 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
dnl Check to find out whether the running kernel has support for TUN/TAP
AC_DEFUN(tinc_TUNTAP,
[
AC_ARG_WITH(kernel,
[ --with-kernel=dir give the directory with kernel sources]
[ (default: /usr/src/linux)],
kerneldir="$withval",
kerneldir="/usr/src/linux"
)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for linux/if_tun.h], tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h,
[
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include "$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h"],
[int a = IFF_TAP;],
if_tun_h="\"$kerneldir/include/linux/if_tun.h\"",
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <linux/if_tun.h>],
[int a = IFF_TAP;],
if_tun_h="default",
if_tun_h="no"
)]
)
if test $if_tun_h = no; then
tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h=none
else
tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h="$if_tun_h"
fi
])
if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != none; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TUNTAP)
if test $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h != default; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LINUX_IF_TUN_H, $tinc_cv_linux_if_tun_h)
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(LINUX_IF_TUN_H)
AC_SUBST(HAVE_TUNTAP)
])

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more